Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Agenda Packet CC - 02/20/2019 - City Council Meeting Agenda Packet
2006 HERITAGE WALK, MILTON, GA 30004 ǀ 678.242.2500 ǀ WWW.CITYOFMILTONGA.US Persons needing special accommodations in order to participate in any City meeting should call 678.242.2500. Joe Lockwood, Mayor CITY COUNCIL Peyton Jamison Matt Kunz Laura Bentley Carol Cookerly Joe Longoria Rick Mohrig CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS City Hall Wednesday, February 20, 2019 Regular Council Meeting Agenda 6:00 PM INVOCATION – Octavia Sargeant - St. James United Methodist Church – Alpharetta, Georgia 1) CALL TO ORDER 2) ROLL CALL 3) PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE (Led by Mayor Joe Lockwood) 4) APPROVAL OF MEETING AGENDA (Add or remove items from the agenda) (Agenda Item No. 19-021) 5) PUBLIC COMMENT (General) MILTON CITY COUNCIL REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING FEBRUARY 20, 2019 Page 2 of 3 6) CONSENT AGENDA 1. Approval of the November 5, 2018 City Council Meeting Minutes. (Agenda Item No. 19-022) (Sudie Gordon, City Clerk) 2. Approval of the December 3, 2018 City Council Meeting Minutes. (Agenda Item No. 19-023) (Sudie Gordon, City Clerk) 3. Approval of the December 17, 2018 City Council Meeting Minutes. (Agenda Item No. 19-024) (Sudie Gordon, City Clerk) 4. Approval of the Financial Statements and Investment Report for the Period Ending December 2018. (Agenda Item No. 19-025) (Bernadette Harvill, Finance Director) 5. Approval of a Contract between the City of Milton and Ten-8 Fire & Safety Equipment, Inc. for the Purchase of Two Pierce Enforcer Fire-Pumpers for Milton Fire-Rescue. (Agenda Item No. 19-026) (Bob Edgar, Fire Chief) 6. Approval of a Contract between the City of Milton and CityView to Provide Electronic Plan Review, Permitting and Inspections Software. (Agenda Item No. 19-027) (Parag Agrawal, Community Development Director) 7. Approval of a Non-Exclusive License Agreement between the City of Milton and Courtware Solutions, Inc. (Agenda Item No. 19-028) (Brooke Lappin, Clerk of Court) 8. Approval of the following Subdivision Plat: Name of Development / Location Action Comments / # lots Total Acres Density 1. De La Perriere LL 391 Westbrook Road Minor Plat 2 Lots 8.5 .23 Lots / acre (Agenda Item No. 19-029) (Parag Agrawal, Community Development Director) MILTON CITY COUNCIL REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING FEBRUARY 20, 2019 Page 3 of 3 7) REPORTS AND PRESENTATIONS (None) 8) FIRST PRESENTATION (None) 9) PUBLIC HEARING (None) 10) ZONING AGENDA (None) 11) UNFINISHED BUSINESS (None) 12) NEW BUSINESS 1. Consideration of a Resolution to Name the All-Inclusive Playground, “Victory Junction.” (Agenda Item No. 19-030) (Jim Cregge, Parks and Recreation Director) 13) MAYOR AND COUNCIL REPORTS STAFF REPORTS Department Updates 1. Community Development 2. Information Technology 14) EXECUTIVE SESSION (if needed) 15) ADJOURNMENT (Agenda Item No. 19-031) TO: FROM: MILTON, r ESTABLISHED 2006 AGENDA ITEM: MEETING DATE: CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM City Council DATE: February 13, 2019 Steven Krokoff, City Manager Approval of the Financial Statements and Investment Report for the Period Ending December 2018. Wednesday, February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: ()IPPROVED (J NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: () YES 0"N' 0 CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: ( ) YES (J -NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY: () APPROVED () NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: C' &I u:) ac, C) 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA 0000 P: 678.242.25001 F: 678.242.2499 info@cityofmiltonga.us I www.cityofmiltonga.us Pa. To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Bernadette Harvill, Finance Director Date: Submitted on February 6, 2019 for the February 20, 2019 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Financial Statements & Investment Report for Period 3 – December 2018 Overview and Financial Highlights: General Fund Revenue collections for the General Fund are 7.89% over what is anticipated for the third period of the fiscal year. Total expenditures to-date are $7,469,170 and are 8.28% less than expected for this period of the fiscal year. Capital Project Fund Expenditures within this fund continue to occur on a project-by-project basis. With a total project expenditure budget of $13,132,669, capital expenditures-to-date total $619,239. Please note that the financial statements for capital related funds now include current encumbrances. This will provide a clear picture of future commitments of resources prior to an actual payment being made. City of Milton STATEMENT OF REVENUES & EXPENDITURES General Fund For the Period Ending December 2018 Actual Budgeted Variance over/(under)Actual Budgeted Variance over/(under) Property Tax 11,850,115 176,614 119,252 57,362 11,322,083 10,681,840 640,242 Motor Vehicle Tax 462,045 42,657 38,187 4,470 98,593 76,374 22,219 Intangible Tax 215,000 20,389 17,917 2,473 34,155 35,833 (1,679) Real Estate Transfer Tax 100,000 9,449 8,333 1,116 16,159 16,667 (507) Franchise Fees 2,039,340 87,387 - 87,387 137,187 - 137,187 Local Option Sales Tax 9,100,000 786,171 758,333 27,838 1,629,305 1,516,667 112,639 Alcohol Beverage Excise Tax 310,000 40,599 25,833 14,766 54,592 51,667 2,926 Business & Occupation Tax 810,000 1,932 40,500 (38,568) 5,335 40,500 (35,165) Insurance Premium Tax 2,000,000 - - - - - - Financial Institution Tax 40,000 - - - - - - Penalties & Interest 22,000 2,697 2,175 522 8,931 4,925 4,006 Alcohol Beverage Licenses 155,000 12,667 24,800 (12,133) 148,617 137,950 10,667 Other Non-Business Permits/Licenses 24,900 1,831 1,949 (118) 9,565 5,848 3,716 Zoning & Land Disturbance Permits 15,350 2,955 1,279 1,676 45,972 3,836 42,136 Building Permits 335,000 20,727 26,800 (6,073) 74,570 87,100 (12,530) Intergovernmental Revenue - - - - - - - Other Charges for Service 505,800 20,439 25,099 (4,660) 101,090 104,909 (3,818) Municipal Court Fines 350,000 36,966 29,155 7,811 108,839 87,465 21,374 Interest Earnings 76,000 33,182 6,331 26,852 86,088 18,992 67,096 Contributions & Donations - 150 - 150 150 - 150 Other Revenue 79,750 12,494 2,541 9,953 15,936 7,997 7,939 Other Financing Sources 37,000 - 2,500 (2,500) - 2,500 (2,500) Total Revenues 28,527,300 1,309,306 1,130,984 178,323 13,897,168 12,881,070 1,016,098 Actual Budgeted Variance over/(under)Actual Budgeted Variance over/(under) Mayor and Council 178,229 9,561 10,736 (1,175) 37,715 39,778 (2,063) City Clerk 231,569 17,680 20,589 (2,909) 54,134 56,668 (2,534) City Manager 748,114 59,595 68,697 (9,101) 189,964 189,614 350 General Administration 65,899 3,908 5,351 (1,443) 9,654 17,122 (7,468) Finance 551,705 52,828 51,414 1,413 128,475 158,847 (30,373) Legal 295,000 30,756 24,583 6,173 99,718 73,750 25,968 Information Technology 970,225 64,935 74,616 (9,680) 226,310 243,727 (17,417) Human Resources 332,177 20,440 21,235 (796) 65,551 68,235 (2,685) Risk Management 272,707 - 1,083 (1,083) 131,627 159,073 (27,446) General Government Buildings 222,928 15,217 18,570 (3,353) 48,806 55,709 (6,903) Communications 286,891 11,379 22,355 (10,976) 37,318 69,125 (31,807) Community Outreach & Engagement 128,746 9,592 10,020 (428) 27,384 32,050 (4,666) Municipal Court 457,531 37,016 34,773 2,243 102,459 109,783 (7,324) Police 5,115,625 402,996 536,183 (133,187) 1,239,185 1,391,552 (152,368) Fire 7,214,381 506,839 504,482 2,357 1,901,519 2,026,639 (125,121) Public Works 2,602,407 246,118 218,981 27,137 580,469 676,238 (95,769) Parks & Recreation 1,411,493 46,362 95,213 (48,851) 147,816 301,103 (153,288) Community Development 1,217,865 73,032 92,248 (19,216) 205,364 280,413 (75,049) Economic Development 220,859 33,233 12,699 20,534 84,008 42,919 41,089 Debt Service 852,436 - - - 743,600 743,600 - Operating Transfers to Other Funds 5,632,380 469,365 469,177 188 1,408,095 1,407,532 563 Operating Reserve 233,768 - - - - - - Total expenditures 29,242,935 2,110,852 2,293,006 (182,155)7,469,170 8,143,478 (674,308) Net Income/(Loss)(715,635)(801,545)6,427,998 Revenues Annual Budget Current Month Year-to-Date Operating Expenditures Annual Budget Current Month Year-to-Date Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Rock for Rescues Vendor Fee -$ -$ -$ -$ Summer Event Vendor Fee - - - - Interest Revenues - 1 4 4 Crabapple Fest Sponsor 15,000 - 13,375 (1,625) Earth Day Sponsor - - - - Summer Event Sponsor 2,000 - - (2,000) Private Entity Contributions - - - - Gas South Partnership - 256 429 429 Total revenues 17,000$ 257$ 13,808$ (3,192)$ EXPENDITURES Current: Special Events 104,348$ 4,769$ 40,813$ 63,535$ Total Expenditures 104,348$ 4,769$ 40,813$ 63,535$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfers in from General Fund -$ -$ -$ -$ Transfers in from Hotel/Motel Tax Fund 75,000 -$ 7,474 (67,526) Total other financing sources and uses 75,000$ -$ 7,474$ (67,526)$ Net change in fund balances (12,348)$ (19,531)$ City of Milton Special Events Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Cash Confiscations/State Funds -$ -$ -$ -$ Cash Confiscations/Fed Funds - - 9,019 9,019 Interest Revenues/State Funds - - - - Interest Revenues/Federal Funds - 3 9 9 Realized Gain on Investments/State Funds - - - - Proceeds of Sale of Assets - - 3,500 3,500 Total revenues -$ 3$ 12,528$ 12,528$ EXPENDITURES Current: Police 83,815$ 4,200$ 8,150$ 75,665$ Total Expenditures 83,815$ 4,200$ 8,150$ 75,665$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfers in from General Fund -$ -$ -$ -$ Total other financing sources and uses -$ -$ -$ -$ Net change in fund balances (83,815)$ 4,378$ City of Milton Confiscated Assets Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Wireless 911 Fees 950,000$ 36,485$ 71,370$ (878,630)$ Interest Revenue - - - - Total revenues 950,000$ 36,485$ 71,370$ (878,630)$ EXPENDITURES Current: Public Safety 950,000$ 71,370$ 71,370$ 878,630$ Total Expenditures 950,000$ 71,370$ 71,370$ 878,630$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Unallocated -$ -$ -$ -$ Transfers out to Capital Projects - - - - Net change in fund balances -$ -$ City of Milton E-911 Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Taxes Hotel/Motel Taxes 75,000$ -$ 7,474$ (67,526)$ Total revenues 75,000$ -$ 7,474$ (67,526)$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfers out to Special Events Fund 75,000$ -$ 7,474$ (67,526)$ Total other financing sources and uses 75,000$ -$ 7,474$ (67,526)$ Net change in fund balances -$ -$ City of Milton Hotel/Motel Tax Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals + Encumbrances Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Charges for Service Infrastructure Maintenance Fee 110,000$ -$ -$ -$ (110,000)$ Infrastructure Maint Penalty & Interest - - 332 332 332 Sidewalk Replacement Account - - - - - Paving Fund - - - - - Traffic Calming - - 8,700 8,700 8,700 Tree Recompense - 328 328 328 328 Landfill Host Fees 150,000 - - - (150,000) Interest Revenue - 44 116 116 116 Realized Gain or Loss on Investments - - - - - Cell Tower Lease 79,404 3,439 19,939 19,939 (59,465) Insurance Proceeds/Public Safety - - 8,175 8,175 8,175 Total revenues 339,404$ 3,810$ 37,591$ 37,591$ (301,813)$ EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay City Council 909,494$ -$ -$ -$ 909,494$ General Admin 13,762 - - - 13,762 Finance 250,000 - - - 250,000 IT 462,824 32,617 356,086 386,200 76,624 General Govt Bldg 510,212 319 87,662 271,132 239,081 Police 250,644 - - 239,563 11,081 Fire 1,684,088 6,970 6,970 642,602 1,041,486 Public Works 7,081,087 5,015 47,933 2,277,950 4,803,136 Parks & Recreation 1,350,420 32,716 93,381 181,668 1,168,752 Community Development 620,138 1,793 27,208 139,239 480,899 Total Capital Outlay 13,132,669$ 79,430$ 619,239$ 4,138,354$ 8,994,315$ Excess of revenues over expenditures (12,793,265)$ (75,619)$ (581,649)$ (4,100,763)$ (9,296,128)$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfers in from General Fund 5,332,380$ 444,365$ 1,333,095$ 1,333,095$ (3,999,285)$ Contingencies (164,048) - - - 164,048 Total other financing sources and uses 5,168,332$ 444,365$ 1,333,095$ 1,333,095$ (3,835,237)$ Net change in fund balances (7,624,933)$ 751,446$ (2,767,668)$ City of Milton Capital Project Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals + Encumbrances Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Real Property Tax-Current Year 1,671,839$ 27,589$ 1,703,254$ 1,703,254$ 31,415$ Real Property Tax-Prior Year - (1) 610 610 610 Public Utility Tax-Current Year - - - - - Personal Property Tax-Current Year 28,684 104 27,159 27,159 (1,525) Personal Property Tax-Prior Year - 2 190 190 190 Motor Vehicle Tax 8,903 447 974 974 (7,929) Penalties & Interest - Real Property - 269 754 754 754 Penalties & Interest - Personal Property - 1 47 47 47 Intergovernmental Revenues - - - - - Interest Revenue (Regions)100,000 35,677 71,226 71,226 (28,774) Interest Revenue (SunTrust)- 31 72 72 72 Bond Proceeds - - - - - Total revenues 1,809,426$ 64,120$ 1,804,284$ 1,804,284$ (5,142)$ EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay Parks & Recreation 20,334,508$ 3,103$ 3,704,563$ 3,732,441$ 16,602,067$ Bond Principal 810,000 - - - 810,000 Bond Interest 899,375 - 449,688 449,688 449,688 Total Capital Outlay 22,043,883$ 3,103$ 4,154,250$ 4,182,128$ 17,889,632$ Excess of revenues over expenditures (20,234,457)$ 61,017$ (2,349,966)$ (2,377,844)$ 17,884,491$ Net change in fund balances (20,234,457)$ (2,349,966)$ (2,377,844)$ City of Milton Greenspace Bond Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals + Encumbrances Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Transportation Local Option Sales Tax 6,000,000$ 554,138$ 1,120,370$ 1,120,370$ (4,879,630) Interest Revenues - 47 156 156 156 Realized Gain or Loss (GA Fund 1)10,800 16,043 42,251 42,251 31,451 Total revenues 6,010,800$ 570,228$ 1,162,778$ 1,162,778$ (4,848,022)$ EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay Public Works 12,369,842$ 20,365$ 76,497$ 839,321$ 11,530,521 Total Capital Outlay 12,369,842$ 20,365$ 76,497$ 839,321$ 11,530,521$ Excess of revenues over expenditures (6,359,042)$ 549,863$ 1,086,281$ 323,457$ 6,682,499$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfers in from General Fund -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Transfers out to General Fund - - - - - Total other financing sources and uses -$ -$ -$ -$ -$ Net change in fund balances (6,359,042)$ 1,086,281$ 323,457$ City of Milton Transportation Local Option Sales Tax (TSPLOST) Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals + Encumbrances Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Intergovernmental Revenues GDOT Crabapple Streetscape 162,350$ -$ -$ -$ (162,350)$ GDOT TAP (Big Creek Greenway)- - - - - LMIG Funds 405,528 - - - (405,528) GDOT HPP Funds - - - - - GDOT-Signage/Landscaping - - - - - Interest Revenues - 11 28 28 28 Total revenues 567,878$ 11$ 28$ 28$ (567,850)$ EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay Public Works 1,116,514$ 35,245$ 35,245$ 91,000$ 1,025,513$ Total Capital Outlay 1,116,514$ 35,245$ 35,245$ 91,000$ 1,025,513$ Excess of revenues over expenditures (548,636)$ (35,233)$ (35,217)$ (90,972)$ 457,664$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfers in from General Fund 300,000$ 25,000$ 75,000$ 75,000$ (225,000)$ Total other financing sources and uses 300,000$ 25,000$ 75,000$ 75,000$ (225,000)$ Net change in fund balances (248,636)$ 39,783$ (15,972)$ City of Milton Capital Grant Fund Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals + Encumbrances Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Admin Fund 27,000$ 2,486$ 7,683$ 7,683$ (19,317)$ Law Enforcement Fund 13,000 1,043 3,225 3,225 (9,775) Fire Fund 72,500 5,979 18,481 18,481 (54,019) Road Fund 120,000 7,462 23,064 23,064 (96,936) Park Fund 650,000 68,366 211,313 211,313 (438,687) Interest Revenues/Admin Fund - 2 6 6 6 Interest Revenues/Law Enforcement Fund - 1 2 2 2 Interest Revenues/Fire Fund - 5 14 14 14 Interest Revenues/Road Fund - 7 17 17 17 Interest Revenues/Park Fund - 60 156 156 156 Total revenues 882,500$ 85,411$ 263,961$ 263,961$ (618,539)$ EXPENDITURES General Government Buildings 57,967$ -$ -$ -$ 57,967$ Police - - - - - Fire 237,926 - - - 237,926 Public Works 208,778 - - - 208,778 Parks & Recreation 2,081,985 - - - 2,081,985 Total Capital Outlay 2,586,655$ -$ -$ -$ 2,586,655$ Excess of revenues over expenditures (1,704,155)$ 85,411$ 263,961$ 263,961$ 1,968,117$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfer Out to General Fund/Admin (27,000) - - - 27,000 Total other financing sources and uses (27,000)$ -$ -$ -$ 27,000$ Net change in fund balances (1,731,155)$ 263,961$ 263,961$ City of Milton Capital Projects Fund - Impact Fees Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Original Budgeted Amounts Current Period Actuals Year-to-Date Actuals Variance with Final Budget - Positive (Negative) REVENUES Intergovernmental Revenues -$ -$ -$ -$ Interest Revenues - - - Contributions & Donations - - - - Total revenues -$ -$ -$ -$ EXPENDITURES Capital Outlay General Government Buildings 15,000,000$ -$ -$ 15,000,000$ Fire 2,000,000 - - 2,000,000 Bond Principal - - - - Bond Interest - - - - Total Capital Outlay 17,000,000$ -$ -$ 17,000,000$ Excess of revenues over expenditures (17,000,000)$ -$ -$ 17,000,000$ OTHER FINANCING SOURCES (USES) Transfers in from General Fund -$ -$ -$ -$ Transfers out to General Fund - - - - Revenue Bond Proceeds 17,000,000 - - (17,000,000) Total other financing sources and uses 17,000,000$ -$ -$ (17,000,000)$ Net change in fund balances -$ -$ City of Milton Capital Projects Fund - Revenue Bond Statement of Revenues, Expenditures, and Changes in Fund Balances - Budget and Actual For the Period Ended December 31, 2018 Amount Percent Yield Money Market - Quantum Bank 7,209,337 27%1.61% GA Fund 1 11,654,854 43%2.34% GA Fund 1 (TSPLOST)8,072,110 30%2.34% Grand Total Investment Portfolio 26,936,302 100% Current Month YTD Current Month YTD Interest earned 32,948 85,449 16,043 42,251 Budgeted interest 6,250 18,750 900 2,700 Variance over/(under)26,698 66,699 15,143 39,551 General Fund TSPLOST Fund City of Milton Investment Portfolio Month Ending December 31, 2018 TO: FROM: MILTON, * ESTABLISHED 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM City Council DATE: February 13, 2019 Steven Krokoff, City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Approval of a Contract between the City of Milton and Ten -8 Fire & Safety Equipment, Inc. for the Purchase of Two Pierce Enforcer Fire -Pumpers for Milton Fire -Rescue. MEETING DATE: Wednesday, February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: (ZAPPROVED (J NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: (4-S ES () NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: ( 'YES () NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY: (,J/APPROVED (J NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: 6, ( / 2, I -It 1`1 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA P: 678.242.25001 F: 678.242.2499 info@cityofmiltongo.us I www.cityofmiltonga.us 0000 Page 1 of 2 To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Robert Edgar, Fire Chief Date: Submitted on February 6, 2019 for the February 20, 2019 Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval for the Purchase of Two Pierce Enforcer Engine-Pumpers for Milton Fire-Rescue from Ten-8 Fire & Safety Equipment, Inc. _____________________________________________________________________________________ Project Description: The City of Milton Fire-Rescue Department’s current apparatus fleet includes four Engines. We are about to take delivery on a planned replacement for one of the engines from Pierce Manufacturing. 100% of these units were built by Pierce Manufacturing. This item will complete the planned fleet replacement. Purchasing the same type of engine will provide fleet consistency (for training and operational purposes), coordinated maintenance, and consistency with the fleets of our automatic/mutual aid partners. Based on these factors we are requesting to again utilize Pierce Manufacturing to build the final two planned replacement Enforcer- Pumpers. Ten-8 Inc. is the sole vendor for Pierce Manufacturing in Georgia. The Department has a current capital plan that anticipates fleet replacement schedules based on apparatus usage, age, and the various current and future needs of the evolving character areas and demographics in the City of Milton. These two vehicles will be based on the same specifications as the 2017 purchase. The engines have an approximately 12 month build time. The contract price for the new 2018 Pierce Enforcer engine-pumper apparatus was bid in 2017 for $571,886.00. That price has increased to $588,500 each in 2018. The price is set to increase again in 2019. The funding for the new apparatus has already been considered in the capital vehicle replacement schedule for the Fire Department. The Department recommends that we purchase both now, before the price increase. This means an initial capital expense, but would result in a $91,000 savings to the City when impending price increases and other costs are factored in. Page 2 of 2 COST SAVINGS SHEET BASED ON 2019 PURCHASE OF TWO PUMPERS Base price after 1/31/2019 $ 1,212,310.00 Order by 01/30/2019 (extended to 2-22-19 w/ PO delivered) $ (35,310.00) GPO fee $ (2,000.00) travel costs $ (9,000.00) additional discount for purchase of 2 units $ (11,000.00) FASC (pictures) $ (500.00) Total $ 1,154,500.00 Total savings from above $ (57,810.00) Prepay discount -100% prepay within 15 days of PO Issued $ (34,000.00) Totals with Pre-pay $ 1,120,500.00 Total savings with pre – pays $ (91,810.00) Procurement Summary: Purchasing method used: Sole Source (Include Sole Source Documentation) Account Number: 300-3510-542202000 Requisition Total: $1,120,500.00 Financial Review: Bernadette Harvill, February 6, 2019 Legal Review: Sam P. VanVolkenburgh – Jarrard & Davis, January 31, 2019 Concurrent Review: Steven Krokoff, City Manager Attachment: Contract for the Purchase. ESTAllLISI IEO 2006 PURCHASE AGREEMENT This Agreement ("Agreement") is made and entered into this ___r day of _______ , 2019_ (the "Effective Date"), by and between the CITY OF MILTON, GEORGIA, a municipal corporation of the State of Georgia, acting by and through its governing authority, the Mayor and City Council, located at 2006 Heritage Walk, Milton, GA 30004 (hereinafter referred to as the "City"), and Ten-8 Fire & Safety Equipment of Georgia, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, having its principle place of business in Georgia at 1591 Collier Road Forsyth, Georgia 31029 (herein after referred to as the "Contractor"), collectively referred to herein as the "Parties." WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the Milton Fire Department seeks to purchase two (2) pumper firefighting apparatus in accordance with predetermined specifications; and WHEREAS, Contractor has represented that it is capable of delivering a build-to-suit pumper fire apparatus meeting the City's specifications and desires to supply the apparatus under the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement; and WHEREAS, Contractor and its exclusive supplier, Pierce Manufacturing, have produced other major equipment for the Milton Fire Department and the City has determined that continuity with the City's other firefighting equipment justifies the selection of Contractor without competitive procurement for the Work. Currently all pumper firefighting apparatus owned by the City were purchased through Ten-8 Fire Equipment of Georgia and were manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing. Ten-8 Fire Equipment of Georgia is the sole vender in the state for firefighting apparatus made by Pierce Manufacturing. NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual promises, the public purposes, and the acknowledgements and agreements contained herein, and other good and adequate consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties do mutually agree as follows: Section 1. Agreement. The Agreement shall consist of this Purchase Agreement and each of the Exhibits hereto, which are incorporated herein by reference, including: Exhibit "A" -Scope of Work Exhibit "B" -Insurance Certificate Exhibit "C" -Contractor Affidavit Exhibit "D" -Subcontractor Affidavit In the event of any discrepancy in or among the terms of the Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, the provision most beneficial to the City, as determined by the City in its sole discretion, shall govern. Section 2. The Work. Contractor agrees to deliver two (2) 2019 Pierce Enforcer pumper trucks in compliance with the requirements set forth in Exhibit "A" (the "Work"). Unless otherwise stated in Exhibit "A" (the "Scope of Work"), the Work includes all material, labor, insurance, tools, equipment, machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, facilities, services and any other miscellaneous items and work necessary. Some details necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work may not be specifically described in the Scope of Work, but they are a requirement of the Work if they are a usual and customary component of the contemplated services or are otherwise necessary for proper completion of the Work. The apparatus shall be delivered as specified in the Scope of Work, F.O.B. City's specified facility with all delivery charges are included in the Contract Price. Section 3. Contract Term; Termination. Contractor (itself or through Pierce Manufacturing) shall complete the Work on or before March 31, 2020. Contractor understands that time is of the essence with respect to the delivery date of the pumper apparatus. The term of this Agreement ("Term") shall commence as of the Effective Date and shall terminate upon completion of the Work (including acceptance of any testing performed on the apparatus by the City), and payment to 1 2 Contractor (provided that certain obligations will survive termination/expiration of this Agreement). City may terminate this Agreement for convenience at any time upon providing written notice thereof to Contractor. Provided that no damages are due to City for Contractor’s breach of this Agreement, Contractor shall be entitled to payment for Work performed to date and shall reimburse the City for the Contract Price less the cost of all such Work. As required by O.C.G.A. § 36-60-13, this Agreement shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of City on December 31, 2019 and shall automatically renew on January 1, 2020 with all provisions continuing in force, absent City’s provision of written notice of non-renewal to Contractor at least five (5) days prior to the end of the then current calendar year. The Agreement shall then fully terminate upon completion of the Work and payment for the Work. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment, or other personal property shall remain in Contractor until fully paid for by City. Section 4. Work Changes. Any changes to the Work requiring an increase in the Contract Price (defined below) shall require a written change order executed by the City in accordance with its purchasing regulations. No claim for additional compensation or extension of time shall be recognized unless contained in a written change order duly executed on behalf of the City and the Contractor. Section 5. Compensation and Method of Payment. The total amount paid under this Agreement as compensation for Work shall be the lump sum of $1,120,500. (the “Contract Price”), except as outlined in Section 4 above. City shall issue to Contractor a purchase order within three days of the full execution of this Agreement. Contractor shall provide an invoice to City within five days of receipt of the purchase order. City shall pay the Contract Price within ten days of receipt of the invoice. As a protection to the City, to guarantee complete performance of Contractor’s obligations following pre- payment by the City, Contractor shall provide a performance and payment bond in accordance with the specification set forth in Exhibit “A”. Section 6. Covenants of Contractor. A. Contractor’s Reliance on Submissions by City. Contractor is entitled to rely upon specifications provided by City, but Contractor shall provide immediate written notice to City if Contractor knows or reasonably should know that any information provided by City is erroneous, inconsistent, or otherwise problematic. B. Assignment of Agreement. Contractor covenants and agrees not to assign or transfer any interest in, or delegate any duties of, this Agreement, without the prior express written consent of the City. C. Responsibility of Contractor and Indemnification of City. Contractor covenants and agrees to take and assume all responsibility for the Work rendered in connection with this Agreement. Contractor agrees that while Pierce Manufacturing is the contemplated manufacturer of the pumper truck apparatus and may provide and pass through separate end-user warranties on the apparatus for the benefit of the City, Contractor is contractually responsible to the City for the requirements in Exhibit “A”. Contractor shall bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it and/or City on account of the performance or character of the Work rendered pursuant to this Agreement. Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless City and City’s elected and appointed officials, officers, boards, commissions, employees, representatives, Contractors, servants, agents, attorneys and volunteers (individually an “Indemnified Party” and collectively “Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all claims, suits, actions, judgments, injuries, damages, losses, costs, expenses and liability of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to attorney’s fees and costs of defense (“Liabilities”), which may arise from or be the result of an alleged willful, negligent or tortious act or omission arising out of the Work, performance of contracted services, or operations by Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by Contractor or subcontractor or anyone for whose acts or omissions Contractor or subcontractor may be liable, regardless of whether or not the act or omission is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder; provided that this indemnity obligation shall only apply to the extent Liabilities are caused by or result from the negligence, recklessnes s, or intentionally wrongful conduct of the Contractor or other persons employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of this Agreement. This obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or otherwise reduce any other right or obligation of indemnity which would otherwise exis t as to any party or person described in this provision. This obligation to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Indemnified Party(ies) shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement, provided that the claims are based upon or arise out of actions or omissions that occurred during the performance 3 of this Agreement. D. Independent Contractor. Contractor hereby covenants and declares that it is engaged in an independent business and agrees to perform the Work as an independent contractor and not as the agent or employee of City. E. Insurance. Contractor shall have and maintain in full force and effect for the duration of this Agreement, insurance of the types and amounts described below and in Exhibit “A”, as evidenced by a certificate of insurance shown on Exhibit “B”, attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. Contractor shall also ensure that any subcontractors (including, without limitation, Pierce Manufacturing) are covered by commercially reasonable insurance policies. As it relates to any general liability, automobile liability or umbrella policies, and except where such requirement is specifically waived in writing by the City, Contractor shall ensure that its insurer waives all rights of subrogation against the City for losses arising from Contractor’s Work and that the City and its officials, employees or agents are named as additional insureds. Contractor shall provide written notice to City at least thirty (30) days prior to any reduction, suspension, voiding, or cancellation of coverage, and shall require the same notice to the City in all subcontractor contracts. F. Employment of Unauthorized Aliens Prohibited – E-Verify Affidavit. Pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, City shall not enter into a contract for the physical performance of services unless: (1) Contractor shall provide evidence on City-provided forms, attached hereto as Exhibits “C” and “D” (affidavits regarding compliance with the E-Verify program to be sworn under oath under criminal penalty of false swearing pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 16-10-71), that it and Contractor’s subcontractors have registered with, are authorized to use and use the federal work authorization program commonly known as E-Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, and that they will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period, or (2) Contractor provides evidence that it is not required to provide an affidavit because it is an individual (not a company) licensed pursuant to Title 26 or Title 43 or by the State Bar of Georgia and is in good standing; or (3) If Contractor does not hire or intend to hire employees for purposes of satisfying or compl eting the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in accordance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b)(5) Contractor shall provide a copy of Contractor’s state issued driver's license or state issued identification card and a copy of the state issued driver's license or identification card of each independent contractor utilized in the satisfaction of part or all of this Agreement. Contractor hereby verifies that it has, prior to executing this Agreement, executed a notarized affidavit, the form of which is provided in Exhibit “C”, and submitted such affidavit to City or provided City with evidence that it is an individual not required to provide such an affidavit because it is licensed and in good standing as noted in sub-subsection (2) above, or provided City with the appropriate state issued identification as noted in sub-subsection (3) above. Further, Contractor hereby agrees to comply with the requirements of the federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA), P.L. 99-603, O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Georgia Department of Labor Rule 300-10-1-.02. In the event Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the covered contract, Contractor agrees to secure from such subcontractor(s) attestation of the subcontractor’s compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and Rule 300-10-1-.02 by the subcontractor’s execution of the subcontractor affidavit, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “D”, which subcontractor affidavit shall become part of the Contractor/subcontractor agreement, or evidence that the subcontractor is not required to provide such an affidavit because it is an individual licensed and in good standing as noted in sub-subsection (2) above. If a subcontractor affidavit is obtained, Contractor agrees to provide a completed copy to City within five (5) business days of receipt from any subcontractor. Contractor and Contractor’s subcontractors shall retain all documents and records of their respective verification process for a period of five (5) years following completion of the contract. Contractor agrees that the employee-number category designated below is applicable to Contractor. __ _ 500 or more employees. __X__ 100 or more employees. ____ Fewer than 100 employees. Contractor hereby agrees that, in the event Contractor employs or contracts with any subcontractor(s) in connection with this Agreement and where the subcontractor is required to provide an affidavit pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, Contractor will secure from the subcontractor(s) such subcontractor(s’) indication of the above employee-number category that is 4 applicable to the subcontractor. The above requirements shall be in addition to the requirements of state and federal law, and shall be construed to be in conformity with those laws. G. Ethics Code; Conflict of Interest. Contractor agrees that it shall not engage in any activity or conduct that would result in a violation of the City of Milton Code of Ethics or any other similar law or regulation. Contractor certifies that to the best of its knowledge no circumstances exist which will cause a conflict of interest in performing the Work. Contractor and City acknowledge that it is prohibited for any person to offer, give, or agree to give any City employee or official, or for any City employee or official to solicit, demand, accept, or agree to accept from another person, a gratuity of more than nominal value or rebate or an offer of employment in connection with any decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, or preparation of any part of a program requirement or a purchase request, influencing the content of any specification or procurement standard, rendering of advice, investigation, auditing, or in any other advisory capacity in any proceeding or application, request for ruling, determination, claim or controversy, or other particular matter, pertaining to any program requirement or a contract or subcontract, or to any solicitation or proposal therefor. Contractor and City further acknowledge that it is prohibited for any payment, gratuity, or offer of employment to be made by or on behalf of a sub-Contractor under a contract to the prime Contractor or higher tier sub-Contractor, or any person associated therewith, as an inducement for the award of a subcontract or order. H. Title. Contractor shall execute and deliver a bill of sale or such other instruments of transfer, conveyance, and assignment, and will take such other actions as City may reasonably request, to effectively transfer, convey, and assign to and vest in City, clear title to all or any portion of the pumper apparatus. I. Authority to Contract. The individual executing this Agreement on behalf of Contractor covenants and declares that it has obtained all necessary approvals of Contractor’s board of directors, stockholders, general partners, limited partners or similar authorities to simultaneously execute and bind Contractor to the terms of this Agreement, if applicable. J. Nondiscrimination. In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and all other provisions of Federal law, Contractor agrees that, during performance of this Agreement, Contractor, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, any subcontractor, or any supplier because of race, color, creed, national origin, gender, age or disability. In addition, Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable implementing regulations and shall include the provisions of this paragraph in every subcontract for services contemplated under this Agreement. Section 7. Miscellaneous. A. Entire Agreement; Counterparts; Third Party Rights. This Agreement, including any exhibits hereto, constitutes the complete agreement between the Parties and supersedes any and all other agreements, either oral or in writing, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall be exclusively for the benefit of the Parties and shall not provide any third parties with any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right. B. Governing Law; Business License; Proper Execution. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without regard to choice of law principles. Any action or suit related to this Agreement shall be brought in the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, or the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia – Atlanta Division, and Contractor submits to the jurisdiction and venue of such court. Contractor agrees that it will perform all Work in accordance with the standard of care and quality ordinarily expected of competent professionals and in compliance with all federal, state, and local laws, regulations, codes, ordinances, or orders applicable to the Project, including, but not limited to, any applicable records retention requirements and Georgia’s Open Records Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-18-71, et seq.). C. Captions and Severability. All headings herein are intended for convenience and ease of reference purposes only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent thereof, or of this Agreement, or in any way affect this Agreement. D. Notices. All notices, requests, demands, writings, or correspondence, as required by this Agreement, shall be in 5 writing and shall be deemed received, and shall be effective, when: (1) personally delivered, or (2) on the third day after the postmark date when mailed by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (3) upon actual delivery when sent via national overnight commercial carrier to the Party at the address first given above or at a substitute address previously furnished to the other Party by written notice in accordance herewith. E. Waiver; Sovereign Immunity. No express or implied waiver shall affect any term or condition other than the one specified in such waiver, and that one only for the time and manner specifically stated. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of City’s sovereign immunity or any individual’s qualified, good faith or official immunities. F. Agreement Construction and Interpretation; Invalidity of Provisions; Severability. Contractor represents that it has reviewed and become familiar with this Agreement. The Parties agree that, if an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement is to be construed as if the Parties had drafted it jointly, as opposed to being construed against a Party because it was responsible for drafting one or more provisions of the Agreement. In the interest of brevity, the Agreement may omit modifying words such as “all” and “any” and articles such as “the” and “an,” but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of ei ther statement. Should any article(s) or section(s) of this Agreement, or any part thereof, later be deemed illegal, invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the offending portion of the Agreement should be severed, and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect to the extent possible as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portion hereof eliminated, it being the intention of the Parties that they would have executed the remaining portion of this Agreement without including any such part, parts, or portions that may for any reason be hereaft er declared invalid. Ratification of this Agreement by a majority of the Mayor and City Council shall authorize the Mayor to execute this Agreement on behalf of City. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have executed this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date first above written. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] CONTRACTOR: Ten -8 Fire & Safety Equipment of Georgia, LLC Signature: — L� Print Name: Title: Member/Manager Attest/Witness: Signature:(,Q- Print Name: Title: f ioUSb�( �( S�- Attest: Signature: Print Name: Title: City Clerk Approved as to form: City Attorney CITY OF MILTON, GEORGIA By: Joe Lockwood, Mayor [CITY SEAL] 0 EXHIBIT “A” Note: All references to “Bidder” refer to Contractor. Where appropriate from context, City agrees that Contractor may delegate performance of its certain obligations to Pierce Manufacturing as manufacturer of the apparatus. Ten-8 Fire & Safety is pleased to submit a proposal to Milton FD for two (2) Pierce® triple combination pumpers per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications. PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land. Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market. Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification. In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment. Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment. • GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system. • QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1- 2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs a American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality. Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal. In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce. To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least five (5) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided. • DELIVERY The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered. • MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle. • SAFETY VIDEO At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance. • PERFORMANCE TESTS A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements. • SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT Pierce dealership support will be provided by Ten-8 Fire & Safety by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (50) miles of the fire department. In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts. Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes. As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators’ manual library is available for easy reference. Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24-hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year. • LIABILITY The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract. • INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER • COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance: Each Occurrence$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury$1,000,000 General Aggregate$2,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract. • COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form: Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000 • UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Aggregate: $3,000,000 Each Occurrence: $3,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder. • INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER • PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance: Each Occurrence$1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate$1,000,000 Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer. • UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance: Each Occurrence: $25,000,000 Aggregate: $25,000,000 The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies. The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met. Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best. All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions. Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. • SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators’ panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality. Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. • NFPA 2016 STANDARDS This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions. Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus. All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack. A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating. The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications. An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results. • NFPA COMPLIANCY Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA". • VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus. A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third-party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. • PUMP TEST Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department. • GENERATOR TEST If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery. • BREATHING AIR TEST If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. • APPARATUS MANUFACTURER Pierce Manufacturing is a subsidiary of Oshkosh Truck Corporation located in Oshkosh, Wisconsin. Oshkosh Truck Corporation is a publicly held company traded on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE OSK). Oshkosh Truck Corporation is a fully owned and managed Corporation that is 100 percent held in the United States of America. • INSPECTION TRIP(S) The bidder will provide one (1) factory inspection trip(s) for up to 5 per trip customer representative(s). The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder. • BID BOND NOT REQUESTED A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply: All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract. Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail. • PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND, 1 YEAR The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required. Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 100% percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. • APPROVAL DRAWING A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc. A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. • ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. • ENFORCER CHASSIS The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab. • WHEELBASE The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 184.50. • GVW RATING The gross vehicle weight rating will be 42,000. • FRAME The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will be heat-treated steel measuring 10.25" x 3.50" x .375". Each rail will have a section modulus of 16.00 cubic inches, yield strength of 120,000 psi, and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 1,921,069 inch-pounds. • • FRONT AXLE The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a Meritor™ axle, Model FL-941, with a rated capacity of 18,000 lb. • FRONT SUSPENSION The front springs will be a Standens, three (3)-leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a ground rating of 18,000 lb. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. • SHOCK ABSORBERS To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers. • FRONT OIL SEALS Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. • FRONT TIRES Front tires will be Goodyear® 315/80R22.50 radials, 20 ply G291 tread, rated for 18,180 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle. • REAR AXLE The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-23-186, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. • TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph. • REAR SUSPENSION The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 53.00" long, 12-leaf pack with a ground rating of 24,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings. The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger. To reduce bending stress due to acceleration and braking, the front eye will be a berlin eye that will place the front spring pin in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication. • REAR OIL SEALS Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s). • REAR TIRES Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear® 12R22.50 radials, 16 ply all season G622 RSD tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle. • TIRE BALANCE All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights. • • TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires. The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi. Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. • FRONT HUB COVERS Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided. • HUB COVERS (REAR) A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. The covers will be manufactured by Real Wheels, Inc, and will come with the standard warranty. • CHROME LUG NUT COVERS Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. • MUD FLAPS Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. • AUTOMATIC TIRE CHAINS One (1) pair of Onspot automatic tire chains will be provided at the rear. System will be electric over air operated with locking switch on cab instrument panel. System may be engaged at speeds up to 25 mph and operated at speeds up to 35 mph. • WHEEL CHOCKS There will be one (1) pair of Worden Safety Products, Model HWGY-SB, wheel chocks provided. Heavy Duty, large molded aluminum wheel chock with solid bottom, yellow powder coat finish. • WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS There shall be one (1) pair of Worden Safety model U815T mounting wheel chock brackets provided . The brackets shall be mounted forward LHS of rear axle. • ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. • BRAKES The service brake system will be full air type by Meritor™. Front brakes will be Model EX225 Disc Plus, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and 17.00" ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance. The rear brakes will be Meritor™, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. • BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. • BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system will include: • Brake treadle valve • Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer • Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi • Spring set parking brake system • Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi • A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) • 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750-hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. • BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER The air dryer will be a WABCO System Saver 1200 IWT, with internal wet tank, spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100-watt heater. • BRAKE LINES Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. • AIR INLET One (1) air inlet with 3D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located forward in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment. • REMOTE AIR TANK DRAI N There will be a remote cable-controlled drain valve installed on each air supply reservoir. The drain valve will be actuated from the side of the vehicle and be a vinyl covered stainless steel cable, firmly attached to the underside of the vehicle. A loop will be provided at the cable end for ease of pulling the drain. • COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable. • ENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below: Make: Cummins Model: L9 Power: 400 hp at 2100 rpm Torque: 1250 lb-ft at 1400 rpm Governed Speed: 2200 rpm Emissions Level: EPA 2017 Fuel: Diesel Cylinders: Six (6) Displacement: 543 cubic inches (8.9L) Starter: Delco Remy 39MT™ Fuel Filters: Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter. The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self-diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected. • HIGH IDLE A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation. The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." • ENGINE BRAKE A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting. The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released. The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine. The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated. The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. • CLUTCH FAN A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. • ENGINE AIR INTAKE The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille. A stainless-steel metal screen will be installed at the inlet of the air intake system that will meet NFPA 1901 requirements. The air cleaner and stainless-steel screen will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. • EXHAUST SYSTEM The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device and will be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system will include a single module aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device. The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right-side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. • • RADIATOR The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards. For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes. The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches. Supply tank will be made of heavy-duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability. The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions. The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain. The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15-psi pressure relief cap. A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system. Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. • • COOLANT LINES Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing. Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose. • FUEL TANK A 65-gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps. A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be located on the left-hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet. The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume. All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. • DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK A 4.5-gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle. A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage. A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a common hinged, spring loaded, polished stainless- steel door on the driver side of the vehicle. The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing. The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing. • TRANSMISSION An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 3000P, electronic torque converting automatic transmission will be provided. The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due. Two (2) PTO openings will be located on both sides of converter housing (positions 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock) as viewed from the rear. A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm will be installed on the cab dash. • TRANSMISSION SHIFTER A five (5)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation. The transmission ratio will be: 1st 3.49 to 1.00 2nd 1.86 to 1.00 3rd 1.41 to 1.00 4th 1.00 to 1.00 5th 0.75 to 1.00 R 5.03 to 1.00 • TRANSMISSION COOLER A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature. • DOWNSHIFT MODE (W/ENGINE BRAKE) The transmission will be provided with an aggressive downshift mode. This will provide earlier transmission downshifts to 2nd gear, resulting in improved engine braking performance. • TRANSMISSION PROGRAM The transmission will shift to neutral when parking brake is set. • TRANSMISSION FLUID The transmission will be provided with TES - 295 TranSynd heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid. • DRIVELINE Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1710 universal joints. The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation. A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. • STEERING Steering gear will be provided with integral heavy-duty power steering. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers® V20NF hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings. A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations. • STEERING WHEEL The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a four (4)-spoke design. There will be a switch pod provided on each side of the steering wheel between the spokes. The switch pods will be an integral part of the steering wheel. Each switch pod will contain four (4) switches. The following switches will be provided: Air horn Emergency lighting Area lighting Front dome light Rear dome light Q2B siren activate Q2B siren brake Wiper mist Full floating horn pad • LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row. The first row of text will be: MILTON The second row of text will be: FIRE The third row of text will be: RESCUE • BUMPER A one (1) piece bumper manufactured from .25" formed steel with a .38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange and will extend 19.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 95.28" wide with 45-degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color. To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel. The frame will include a 6.00" x 2.00" x .25" wall steel tube with .38" gusset plates for increased support of the bumper assembly. GRAVEL PAN A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration. • LEFT SIDE HOSE TRAY A hose tray will be placed in the left side of the extended bumper. The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes will be provided. • LEFT HOSE TRAY RESTRAINT There will be two (2) hose tray restraint strap(s) located over the left side mounted tray. Each restraint will be a 2.00" wide black nylon strap with seat belt buckle fasteners provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray. • RIGHT SIDE HOSE TRAY A hose tray will be placed in the right side of the extended bumper. The tray will have a capacity of 100' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose. Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes will be provided. • RIGHT HOSE TRAY RESTRAINT There will be two (2) hose tray restraint strap(s) located over the right-side mounted tray. Each restraint will be a 2.00" wide black nylon strap with seat belt buckle fasteners provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray. • TOW HOOKS Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks will not be used for lifting of the apparatus. • FRONT BUMPER NOTCH The front bumper will be notched for recessing of the Q2B siren. The notch will be designed so that the bumper is one continuous piece. The notch will be welded in place for strength with a continuous top and bottom flange. All welds will be metal finished for appearance. The siren will be located center, for mech siren of the bumper. • SWIVEL STOPS Installed on the front bumper extension will be one (1) set of stainless-steel rods to limit the travel of a front outlet or inlet swivel. Two (2) stainless-steel rods, for each application, will be threaded into the bumper deck and mounted DS front pre-connect. needs to be adjusted so elbow will not hit headlight assy when cab is raised. • FRONT BUMPER PROTECTIVE COATING Protective black Pierce polyurea texture coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be applied on the underside of the flange. • CAB The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder. The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises. For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy- duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards. The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly. The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin. The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab. The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability. The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed. The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions. The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers. The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall. The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants. The cab will be a full tilt cab style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab. • CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. • INTERIOR CAB INSULATION The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation. • FENDER LINERS Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided. • PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance. • WINDSHIELD WIPERS Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements. The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. • ENGINE TUNNEL Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room. The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards. The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. • INTERIOR CREW CAB RE AR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward-facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change. • CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate that covers the entire rear wall. • CAB LIFT A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves. Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure. Lift controls will be located on the right-side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring-loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered, and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position. The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position. For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered. Cab Lift Interlock The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set, and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. • GRILLE A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab. • DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES All cab door jambs will be furnished with a polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb. • MIRRORS A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver. • DOORS To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 75.50" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 85.50" high. The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum. A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands. The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed. A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11-gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit. A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry. The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements. DOOR PANELS The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. • MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS All cab entry doors will contain a conventional roll down window. • CAB STEPS The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height. The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. • CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. • STEP LIGHTS There shall be six (6) white LED step lights installed for cab and crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the driver's access steps. • Two (2) lights for the driver's side crew cab access steps. • Two (2) lights for the passenger's side crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the passenger's side access step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light shall provide a minimum of 25 foot- candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The lights shall be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. • FENDER CROWNS Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. • HANDRAILS BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD A 10.00" long x 1.25" diameter handrail will be mounted below the front cab windshield, one (1) on each side. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface. • CREW CAB WINDOWS One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high. • WINDOW PROTECTOR BARS, CREW CAB DOORS A knurled window protector bar will be installed on each crew cab door, 3.00" above the bottom of the window opening. The bar will extend from the front of the crew cab door to the rear of the crew cab door, mounted as close to the door frame as possible. • STORAGE COMPARTMENTS Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment. The compartments will be approximately 12.75" wide x 24.00" high x 15.00" deep. The doors will be painted aluminum, double pan construction with one (1) D-ring slam latch.A rubber bumper for each exterior door will be used as a doorstop. The compartment interior will be painted spatter gray. Compartment Light There will be two (2) white LED strip lights provided, one (1) horizontally above each compartment door opening. • EQUIPMENT MOUNTING AREA There will be an aluminum angle with a 1.00" lip installed on the dash to prevent books helmets and other item from sliding off the dash panel. The angle will run full length across flat portion of the dashboard in front of the officer. • CUP HOLDER There will be two (2) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will have self-adjusting fingers that automatically grip beverage containers of various sizes. A recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles. The cup holder(s) will be located at customer pick-up. • MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel. A .25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel 1.00" to allow for wire routing below the plate. The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior. • CAB INTERIOR The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service. The officer side dash will be a flat faced design to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of painted aluminum. The instrument cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument cluster. The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 46- ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew. For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum. The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling. The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs. All wiring will be placed in metal raceways. • CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY The cab interior upholstery will be dark silver gray. • CAB INTERIOR PAINT A rich looking interior will be provided by painting all the metal surfaces inside the cab fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint. • CAB FLOOR The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler. The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. • CAB DEFROSTER To provide maximum defrost and heating performance, a 43,500 BTU heater-defroster unit with 350 CFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The defroster unit will be strategically located under the center forward portion of the vacuum formed instrument panel. For easy access, a removable vacuum formed cover will be installed over the defroster unit. The defroster will include an integral aluminum frame air filter, high performance dual scroll blowers, and ducts designed to provide maximum defrosting capabilities for the 1-piece windshield. The defroster ventilation will be built into the design of the cab dash instrument panel and will be easily removable for maintenance. The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements. • CAB/CREW CAB HEATER Two (2) 44,180 BTU auxiliary heaters with 276 CFM (each unit) of air flow will be provided inside the crew cab, one (1) in each outboard rear-facing seat riser. The heaters will include high performance dual scroll blowers, one (1) for each unit. Outlets for the heaters will be located below each rear facing seat riser and below the fronts of the driver and passenger seats, for efficient airflow. An extruded aluminum plenum will be incorporated in the cab structure that will transfer heat to the forward cab seating positions. The heater/defroster and crew cab heaters will be controlled by a single integral electronic control panel. The heater control panel will allow the driver to control heat flow to the front and rear simultaneously. The control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. The control panel will include highly visible, progressive LED indicators for both fan speed and temperature. • AIR CONDITIONING A high performance, customized air conditioning system will be furnished inside the cab and crew cab. The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit within 30 minutes at 50 percent relative humidity. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours. A radiator mounted condenser with a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceed the performance specification will be installed. One (1) evaporator unit will be installed in the center roof with two (2) cores, one (1) for the cab and one (1) for the crew cab. The evaporator unit will have an adequate BTU rating to meet the performance specifications. Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following: • Four (4) will be directed towards the driver's location • Four (4) will be directed towards the officer's location • Seven (7) will be directed towards the crew cab area The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician. The air conditioner will be controlled by a single electronic control panel. For ease of operation, the control panel will include variable adjustment for temperature and fan control and be conveniently located on the dash in clear view of the driver. Gravity Drain Tubes Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No pumps will be provided. • SUN VISORS Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab. There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. • GRAB HANDLES A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield. • ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS There will be one (1) Whelen, Model 3SC0CDCR, 12-volt DC, 3.00" white LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, chrome flange kit(s) installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination. These light(s) will be activated automatically when the cab is raised. • ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door. • MAP BOX A map box with four (4) bins, open from top, will be installed mount at final. The map box will be divided into four (4) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 2.25" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. • CAB SAFETY SYSTEM The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following: • A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event. • A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating positions. • A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system. • A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3- point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt. • Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall. • Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event. • Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event. • FRONTAL IMPACT PROTECTION The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event: • Driver side front air bag • Passenger side knee bolster air bag • Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs • Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position • Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place • SIDE ROLL PROTECTION The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints. The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll: • Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs • Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position • Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place • SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4). • DRIVER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: • Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. • A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. • OFFICER SEAT A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat will be a fixed type, with no suspension. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: • Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. • A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. • RADIO COMPARTMENT A radio compartment will be provided under the officer's seat. The inside compartment dimensions will be 16.00" wide x 7.50" high x 15.00" deep, with the back of the compartment angled up to match the cab structure. A drop-down door with a chrome plated lift and turn latch will be provided for access. The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. • REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right-side outboard position. The cabinet will be 22.00" wide x 43.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) Gortite rollup door with white finish, non-locking. The frame to frame opening will be 19.50" wide x 37.75" high. The minimum clear door opening of the cabinet will be 16.75" wide x 31.87" high. The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. • FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA style with 90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: • Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. • A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. • FORWARD FACING CENTER CABINET A forward-facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the center position. The cabinet will be a two (2) piece design. The lower cabinet will be 40.00" wide x 9.00" high x 28.00" deep with a drop-down door with a lift and turn latch. The clear door opening will be 37.50" wide x 7.50" high. The upper cabinet will be 36.00" wide x 24.00" high x 28.00" deep. The interior door will be web netting. The netting will be made with 1.00" wide nylon material with 2.00" openings. The nylon webbing will be permanently fastened at the bottom side of the cabinet and have spring clip and hook fasteners on the opposite side to secure it. The clear door opening will be 33.50" wide x 20.50" high. On top of the cabinet two (2) arm rests will be provided, one (1) on each outboard side of the cabinet. A storage area will be provided on the center top of the cabinet beginning 4.00" from the rear wall. The storage tray will be 18.00" long x 3.00" deep x 6.00" wide. The arm rest upholstery will match the seat upholstery. The cabinet will include one (1) infinitely adjustable shelf with a 0.75" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior. The cabinet will include no louvers. The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Cabinet Light There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the right side of the interior cabinet door opening and one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening provided in the upper cabinet and an additional light of the same manufacturer will be installed horizontally in the lower cabinet. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch and a rocker switch on the cabinet exterior. • FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be a minimum of 15.00" from the front of the cushion to the face of the seat back and designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). The seat back will be an SCBA style with 90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location. The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system: • Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. • A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll. The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. • LOCKING DRUG BOX A locking drug compartment, 42.00" wide x 18.00" high x 12.00" deep with a liftup door with a gas strut to hold the door in the open position shall be mounted centered on the cab rear wall flush with the ceiling. The clear door opening shall be at least 15.00" high. A locking lift and turn latch shall be provided for the door. The compartment shall be constructed of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior. Compartment Light There shall be one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening. The lights shall be controlled by an automatic door switch. • TEMPERATURE CONTROLLED BOX A OTE International 19502E cabinet with the temperature controlled module will be provided in the DS rear facing crew cab seat location, as close to the exterior wall as possible. The cabinet exterior will be approximately 12.60" wide x 23.00" deep x 30.82" high with the compressor on the top. The door will be locking with a vertical hinge. • SHELVING There will be one (1) shelf provided. Each shelf will be constructed of 0.090" aluminum with a 1.25" up-turned lip. Shelving will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded tightener sliding in a track. The location will be one (1) shelf in the passenger side rear facing EMS cabinet. • SEAT UPHOLSTERY All seat upholstery will be 46-ounce leather grain dark silver gray vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have four (4) seating positions. • AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G. There will be a quantity of three (3) SCBA brackets. • SEAT EMBROIDERY The seats in the cab and crew cab will be provided with custom embroidery. The Fire Department will determine what the embroidery will be by providing pictures at the time of order. The embroidery will be provided on four (4) seats. • SEAT BELTS All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that shall provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location. To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that shall activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. • HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided. There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets. • CAB DOME LIGHTS There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab. The color of the LED's will be red and white. The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch. The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of 10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted 40.00" above the seat. • PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS, PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires two portable hand lights mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights. • • CAB INSTRUMENTATION The cab instrument panel will be a molded ABS panel and include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership. • GAUGES The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance: • Voltmeter gauge (volts): o Low volts (11.8 VDC) ▪ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o High volts (15.5 VDC) ▪ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very low volts (11.3 VDC) ▪ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very high volts (16.0 VDC) ▪ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Engine Tachometer (RPM) • Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale) • Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fuel (1/8 full) ▪ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly o Very low fuel (1/32 full) ▪ Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI): o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms ▪ Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ▪ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI): o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm ▪ Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm ▪ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit): o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms ▪ Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm ▪ Amber caution light on gauge assembly • Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions): o Low fluid (1/8 full) ▪ Amber indicator light in gauge dial All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. • INDICATOR LAMPS To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols. The following amber telltale lamps will be present: • Low coolant • Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable • Check engin • Check trans (check transmission • Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat • Air rest (air restriction) • Caution (triangle symbol) • Water in fuel • DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration) • Trailer ABS (where applicable) • Wait to start (where applicable) • HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system) • MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) • Side roll fault (where applicable) • Front air bag fault (where applicable) The following red telltale lamps will be present: • Warning (stop sign symbol) • Seat belt • Parking brake • Stop engine • Rack down The following green telltale lamps will be provided: • Left turn • Right turn • Battery on The following blue telltale lamp will be provided: • High beam ALARMS Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present. Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present. Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively. • INDICATOR LAMP AND ALARM PROVE-OUT A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance. • CONTROL SWITCHES For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications. Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights. Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use. Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system. Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column. Heater, defroster, and optional air conditioning control panel: A control panel with membrane switches will be provided to control heater/defroster temperature and heater, defroster, and air conditioning fan speeds. A green LED status bar will indicate the relative temperature and fan speed settings. Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes. Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided. Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel. High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement. Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included. An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground. • CUSTOM SWITCH PANELS The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions. • DIAGNOSTIC PANEL A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist. The diagnostic panel will include the following: • Engine diagnostic port • Transmission diagnostic port • ABS diagnostic port • Roll sensor diagnostic port • Command Zone USB diagnostic port • ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) • CAB LCD DISPLAY A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature. The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information: • Odometer • Trip mileage • PTO hours • Fuel consumption • Engine hours The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist. • AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm shall be provided. - Officer Speedometer, A Class I digital display speedometer will be provided on the officer side overhead position. • "DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR A Whelen, Model M2R flashing red indicator light with a chrome bezel, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released. • DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged). The following messages will be displayed (where applicable): • Do Not Move Truck • DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open) • PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open) • DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) • PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) • DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open) • PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open) • Rear Body Door Open • DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down) • PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) • Deck Gun Not Stowed • Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed) • Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed) • Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed) • Stabilizer Not Stowed • Steps Not Stowed • Handrail Not Stowed Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged. • SWITCH PANELS The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab. The switches will be rocker-type and include an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the switch will be illuminated whenever the switch is active. A 2-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed below the switches. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for improved visibility in low light conditions. Switches and light source are integral to the switch panel assembly. • WIPER CONTROL Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. • SPARE CIRCUIT There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground will terminate (1) at the officer side dash and (1) each in P1 and D1 - Both should be high on the forward wall. • Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5025, 6 circuit with negative bus bar. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. • SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate Mount on the crew cab rear wall, with the USB option, above the forward-facing lower EMS compartment. Termination will be with 15-amp, power point plug with rubber cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. • SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power • The negative wire will be connected to ground • Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC • Power and ground will terminate officer side dash area • Termination will be with 15-amp, power point plug with rubber cover • Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. • SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: • The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. • The negative wire will be connected to ground. • Wires will be protected to 2.0 amps at 12 volts DC. • Power and ground will terminate match 32503. • Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1016 dual USB charger socket. • Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. • SPARE CIRCUIT There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus. The above wires will have the following features: The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power. The negative wire will be connected to ground. Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC. Power and ground will terminate one in each EMS comp. Termination will be with a 10-place bus bar with screws and removable cover. Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection. This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. • STEREO RADIO A Jensen, heavy duty AM/FM/CD/Weatherband stereo radio, with front auxiliary input will be installed within reach of the officer. There will be 5.25" speakers installed one (1) pair of 5.25" speakers in the cab. The antenna will be a roof-mounted rubber antenna located in an open space, on the cab roof. The following features will be included: • CD Player with Electronic Skip Protection (ESP) • Full 7-Channel NOAA Weatherband Tuner with SAME technology • Built-in Clock • Audio CD, CD-R, R/W, MP3 CD compatible • Radio Broadcast Data System Text Display • Front panel USB input • Front and Rear Auxiliary Audio Input • Receives audio (A2DP/AVRCP) from Bluetooth enabled device • Supports Bluetooth HFP to receive phone calls from BT-enabled phones • Low battery alert (<10.8Vdc) • Heavy Duty design with Conformal Coated Circuit Boards for maximum durability under all conditions • SWIVEL MOUNT There will be one (1) Johnny Ray, Model JR-300 heavy duty swivel mount bracket(s), rated for a maximum of seven (7) lbs, provided for the fire department's for customer supplied radio equipment. The swivel mount bracket(s) will be located centered overhead per the IP. • INFORMATION CENTER An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing. The information center will have the following specifications: • Operate in temperatures from -40 to 185 degrees Fahrenheit • An Optical Gel will be placed between the LCD and protective lens • Five weather resistant user interface switches • Grey with black accents • Sunlight Readable • Linux operating system • Minimum of 1000nits rated display • Display can be changed to an available foreign language • A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area. • Programmed to read US Customary GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used. If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur: • An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition • A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition • The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. • A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol. HOME/TRANSIT SCREEN This screen will display the following: • Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped) • Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center) • Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center) • Seat Belt Monitoring Screen Seat Belt Monitoring Screen • Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped) • Digital Speedometer • Active Alarms ON SCENE SCREEN This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped): • Battery Voltage • Fuel • Oil Pressure • Coolant Temperature • RPM • Water Level (if equipped) • Foam Level (if equipped) • Foam Concentration (if equipped) • Water Flow Rate (if equipped) • Water Used (if equipped) • Active Alarms VIRTUAL BUTTONS There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels. PAGE SCREEN The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality: • Diagnostics o Faults ▪ Listed by order of occurrence ▪ Allows to sort by system o Interlock ▪ Throttle Interlocks ▪ Pump Interlocks (if equipped) ▪ Aerial Interlocks (if equipped) ▪ PTO Interlocks (if equipped) o Load Manager ▪ A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load. ▪ The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur. ▪ The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. ▪ "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. o Systems ▪ Command Zone • Module type and ID number • Module Version • Input or output number • Circuit number connected to that input or output • Status of the input or output • Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information ▪ Foam (if equipped) ▪ Pressure Controller (if equipped) ▪ Generator Frequency (if equipped) o Live Data ▪ General Truck Data • Maintenance o Engine oil and filter o Transmission oil and filter o Pump oil (if equipped) o Foam (if equipped) o Aerial (if equipped) • Setup o Clock Setup o Date & Time ▪ 12- or 24-hour format ▪ Set time and date o Backlight ▪ Daytime ▪ Night time ▪ Sensitivity o Unit Selection o Home Screen o Virtual Button Setup o On Scene Screen Setup o Configure Video Mode ▪ Set Video Contrast ▪ Set Video Color ▪ Set Video Tint • Do Not Move o The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated: ▪ Driver Side Cab Door ▪ Passenger's Side Cab Door ▪ Driver Side Crew Cab Door ▪ Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door ▪ Driver Side Body Doors ▪ Passenger's Side Body Doors ▪ Rear Body Door(s) ▪ Ladder Rack (if applicable) ▪ Deck Gun (if applicable) ▪ Light Tower (if applicable) ▪ Hatch Door (if applicable) ▪ Stabilizers (if applicable) ▪ Steps (if applicable) • Notifications o View Active Alarms ▪ Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm ▪ Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced • Timer Screen • HVAC (if equipped) • Tire Information (if equipped) • Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped) Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. • VEHICLE DATA RECORDER There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided. The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line. The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs: • Vehicle Speed - MPH • Acceleration - MPH/sec • Deceleration - MPH/sec • Engine Speed - RPM • Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle • ABS Event - On/Off • Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position • Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position • Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off • Time - 24 Hour Time • Date - Year/Month/Day Seat Belt Monitoring System A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following: • Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated • Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when: • The home screen is active: o and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. o and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated. The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists, and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. • INTERCOM SYSTEM There will be digital, single radio interface, intercom located Intercom overhead per IP. CTF Radio on swivel and cable to connect in the cab. The front panel will have master volume, and squelch controls with illuminated indicators, allowing for independent level setting of radio and auxiliary audio devices. There will be one (1) radio listen only / transmit control with select, monitor, receive, and transmit indicators. There will be one (1) auxiliary audio input with select and receive indicators. There will be one (1) wireless base station for up to five (1-5) headset users provided. The wireless base station will have a 100' to 1100' range, line of sight. Objects between the transmitter and receiver affect range. The following Firecom components will be provided: • One (1) 5100D Intercom • One (1) WB505R wireless base station (1-5 wireless positions) • All necessary power and station cabling • RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE CABLE The apparatus manufacturer will supply and install one (1) radio interface cable before delivery of the vehicle. The radio equipment to be used by the customer will be: • Motorola Mid Power, Model number APX4500. • WIRELESS UNDER HELMET, RADIO TRANSMIT ONLY HEADSET There will be two (2) Firecom™, Model UHW -505, wireless under the helmet, radio transmit headset(s) provided. A heavy duty coiled 12 volt charging pigtail with plug will be provided driver's seat and officer seat. Each headset will feature: • Noise cancelling electric microphone • Flexible microphone boom • Ear seals with 20 dB noise reduction • Stereo Listen-Through Ear dome microphones • Radio Push To Transmit button (Left or Right Side) • Rechargeable battery operates for 24 hours on a full charge • IP-66 when worn • WIRELESS UNDER HELMET, INTERCOM ONLY HEADSET There will be two (2) Firecom™, Model UHW -503 wireless under the helmet, intercom only headset(s) provided. A heavy duty coiled 12 volt charging pigtail with plug will be provided (2) forward facing crew cab positions. Each headset will feature: • Noise cancelling electric microphone • Flexible microphone boom • Ear seals with 20 dB noise reduction • Programmable Microphone transmit button • Rechargeable battery operates 24 hours on a full charge • IP-66 when worn • HEADSET HANGERS There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward-facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet NFPA 1901, Section 14.1.11, requirement for equipment mounting. • INTERFACE INTERCOM TO AM/FM RADIO A jumper harness will be installed with a 3.5mm male jack on each end, from the Firecom intercom aux inlet to the AM/FM radio. Auxiliary audio will be mixed with the two-way radio and intercom traffic at exactly one half the strength of the signal in the headsets. • GPS / MULTIMODE ANTENNA INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied GPS / Multimode antenna(s) with stud mount for thick roof material to be installed on the roof. The antenna coax cable(s) will be run per the packing list / instructions provided to the third-party installer. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. The GPS / Multimode antenna will be sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer prior to cab fabrication. • TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied two-way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed The Motorola radio will be mounted under slot 131 on the swivel Mount. per the shipping document. No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option. Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed. • MOBILE RADIO MODEM INSTALLATION There will be one (1) customer supplied modem(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred installer to be installed as requested by the customer. Specific shipping requirements will be followed. • RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT There will be one (1) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed on the right side on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the instrument panel area. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. • VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following: • One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse. • One (1) camera located on the right side of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the right side turn signal. The camera images will be displayed on the driver's vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be not provided. The following components will be included: • One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera • One (1) CS134404CI Side camera • One (1) Amplified speaker (if applicable) • All necessary cables • VEHICLE CAMERA GUARD There will be one (1) aluminum treadplate guard(s) fastened over the vehicle camera(s) located rear camera . • ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible. Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership. Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA. SOLID-STATE CONTROL SYSTEM A solid-state electronics-based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices. The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership. For increased reliability and simplified use, the control system modules will include the following attributes: • Green LED indicator light for module power • Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status • Control system self-test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation • No moving parts due to transistor logic • Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators • Integrated electrical system load management without additional components • Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components • Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration • Factory and field re programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters • Complete operating and troubleshooting manuals • USB connection to the main control module for advanced troubleshooting To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications: • Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications • Operating temperature from -40C to +70C • Storage temperature from -40C to +70C • Vibration to 50g • IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) • Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 16 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical. CIRCUIT PROTECTION AND CONTROL DIAGRAM Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information. ON-BOARD ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Advanced on-board diagnostic messages will be provided to support rapid troubleshooting of the electrical power and control system. The diagnostic messages will be displayed on the information center located at the driver's position. The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information: • Text description of active warning or caution alarms • Simplified warning indicators • Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm • Red warning indication with steady tone alarm PROGNOSTICS A software-based vehicle tool will be provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events. The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone, color display and/or wireless enabled device to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals. Prognostics will include: • Engine oil and filter • Transmission oil and filter • Pump oil (if equipped) • Foam oil (if equipped) • Aerial oil and filter (if equipped) ADVANCED DIAGNOSTICS An advanced, Windows-based, diagnostic software program will be provided for this control system. The software will provide troubleshooting tools to service technicians equipped with a Windows-based computer or wireless enabled device. The service and maintenance software will be easy to understand and use and have the ability to view system input/output (I/O) information. TECH MODULE WITH WIFI An in-cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will provide an external antenna connection allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna. The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone, control and information system. The data logging capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data logger will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage. A USB connection will be provided on the Tech Module. It will provide a means to download data logger information and update software in the device. INDICATOR LIGHT AND ALARM PROVE-OUT SYSTEM A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. VOLTAGE MONITOR SYSTEM A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels. The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes. POWER AND GROUND STUDS Spare circuits will be provided in the primary distribution center for two-way radio equipment. The spare circuits will consist of the following: • One (1) 12-volt DC, 30-amp battery direct spare • One (1) 12-volt DC ground and un-fused switched battery stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center ENHANCED SOFTWARE The solid-state control system will include the following software enhancements: All perimeter lights and scene lights (where applicable) will be deactivated when the parking brake is released. Cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. Cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors close. The dome lights will dim after ten (10) seconds or immediately if the vehicle is put into gear. EMI/RFI PROTECTION To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source. The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10Khz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10Khz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. • ELECTRICAL All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids. Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines: 1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof. 2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body. 3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work. 4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug). 5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area. 6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal. All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments. An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order. The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. • BATTERY SYSTEM There will be six (6) 12-volt Exide®, Model 31S950X3W, batteries that include the following features will be provided: • 950 CCA, cold cranking amps • 190-amp reserve capacity • High cycle • Group 31 • Rating of 5700 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit • -140 minutes of reserve capacity • Threaded stainless steel studs Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45-degree tilt capacity. The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance. • BATTERY SYSTEM There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel. • MASTER BATTERY SWITCH There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system. An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system. • BATTERY COMPARTMENTS Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab. Heavy-duty, 2/0-gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound. Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound. • JUMPER STUDS One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments. • AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20-amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus. The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s). There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting. The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger. There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment. There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following: • Line Voltage • Current Ratting (amps) • Phase • Frequency The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel. • INDICATOR, BATTERY STATUS There will be one (1) Kussmaul, Model 091-189-12, battery status indicator panel provided and located on driver seat riser, next to Vaner indicator. The indicator reads battery voltage and indicates the condition of the batteries. • BATTERY TRAYS Formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery trays with drain tubes will be provided for the batteries to sit in. • ALTERNATOR There will be a C.E Niehoff, Model C531 or C537 alternator provided. It will have a rated output current of 360 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. It will have a custom three (3)-set point voltage regulator, manufactured by C. E. Niehoff. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. • ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12- volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid-state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed. The system will include the following features: • System voltage monitoring. • A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off. • Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels. • Priority levels can be set for individual outputs. • High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. o If enabled: ▪ "Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center. ▪ Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. • Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. • The information center indicates system voltage. The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following: • Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. • Individual load managed item condition: o ON = not shed o SHED = shed • SEQUENCER A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12-volt load to prolong the life of the alternator. For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid-state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed. Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation. When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order. Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half - second intervals: • Cab Heater and Air Conditioning • Crew Cab Heater (if applicable) • Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable) • Exhaust Fans (if applicable) • Third Evaporator (if applicable) • HEADLIGHTS There will be four (4) rectangular halogen lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housings on each side of the cab grille: • The outside light on each side will contain a halogen low and high beam module. • The inside light on each side will contain a halogen high beam module only. • DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights. The color of the lenses will be clear. • INTERMEDIATE LIGHT There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light. • CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations: • Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield. • FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab. The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit. • REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING There will be a three (3) LED light bar used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • As close as practical to the vertical centerline • Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart • Red in color • All at the same height There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following: • To indicate the overall width of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the rear • All at the same height There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following: • To indicate the overall length of the vehicle • One (1) each side of the vertical centerline • As near the top as practical • Red in color • To be visible from the side • All at the same height There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground. Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements. • REAR FMVSS LIGHTING The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following: • Two (2) Whelen®, Model M6BTT, red LED stop/tail lights • Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow turn lights The lights shall be provided with color lenses. The lights will be mounted in a polished combination housing. There will be two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. • LICENSE PLATE BRACKET There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body. A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A polished stainless-steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. • LIGHTING BEZEL There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. • BACK-UP ALARM A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels. • CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door. These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights. • PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens each, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip lights with brackets provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side. The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. • BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS There will be two (2) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, white LED's, 12-volt DC lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear. The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied. • STEP LIGHTS Four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. These step lights will be actuated with the pump panel light switch. All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. • 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PCPSM1*, 12-volt surface mounted LED combination spot/flood light(s) located (1) each side, high, on the rear bulkheads. Control through #0645637. The lights will be mounted with black flange(s). The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: • from the same switches provided to activate other scene lights • a switch at the rear of apparatus on the driver's side • no additional switch location • no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. • 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen, Model PCPSM1*, 12 volt surface mounted LED combination spot/flood light(s) located RHS, one over center window on cab. The lights will be mounted with black flange(s). The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: • a switch at the driver's side switch panel • no additional switch location • no additional switch location • no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. • 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) HiViz Trunnion, Model FT-MB-18-TR-FT-**, 24.00" 12-volt DC LED light(s) installed with adjustable tilt mounts located RHS over body RS2 tucked under the hard suction trough as far as possibe. The black. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: • a switch at the driver's side switch panel. • no additional switch location. • no additional switch location. • no additional switch location. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. • 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) Whelen, Model PCPSM1*, 12-volt surface mounted LED combination spot/flood light(s) located LHS - one over middle window on cab. The lights will be mounted with black flange(s). The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: • a switch at the driver's side switch panel • no additional switch location • no additional switch location • no additional switch location These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. • 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be one (1) HiViz Trunnion, Model FT-MB-18-TR-FT-**, 24.00" 12-volt DC LED light(s) installed with adjustable tilt mounts located LHS over body LS2 tucked under the hard suction trough as far as possible. The black. The light(s) selected above will be controlled by the following: • a switch at the driver's side switch panel. • no additional switch location. • no additional switch location. • no additional switch location. These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. • 12 VOLT LIGHTING There will be a HiViz Model FT-B-54-2PKIT-*, 2.49" high x 54.60" long x 2.45" deep 12 volt DC dual light kit with 15,745 effective lumens and white LEDs provided, on the cab roof located, one (1) on the driver's side and one (1) on the passenger's side. The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black. The light will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel. The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. • HOSE BED LIGHTS There will be white 12-volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to light the hose bed area. Hose Bed lights will meet the photometric levels listed in NFPA 1901 for Hose Bed lighting requirements. • Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the left side of the hose bed. • Light strip(s) will be installed along the upper edge of the right side of the hose bed. The lights will be activated by a cup switch at the rear of the apparatus no more than 72.00" from the ground. • ADDITIONAL HOSE BED LIGHTS There will be one (1) 63.00" white 12-volt DC LED light strip(s) provided on the front of the hose bed. The light(s) will be activated with the other hosebed lights. • REAR SCENE LIGHT(S) There will be two (2) Whelen, Model PELCC, 2.25" high x 7.88" wide x 1.63" deep LED scene light(s) with 45-degree chrome housing installed at the rear of the apparatus, one per side, middle height. The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a cup switch at the driver's side rear bulkhead. The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. • WALKING SURFACE LIGHT There will be Model FRP, 4" round black 12-volt DC LED floodlight with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body. The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. • WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 700 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated. The tank will be forward of the hosebed, to achieve a very low hosebed area to the rear of the water tank. Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out. Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements. Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments. Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding. Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover. All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides. Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions. Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions. Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes. A sump that is 8.00" long x 8.00" wide x 6.00" deep will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet. Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel. Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing. Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on. Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle. Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long. Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover. An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. • SLEEVE, PLUMBING, THROUGH TANK One (1) sleeve will be provided in the water tank for a 3.00" pipe to the rear. • WATER TANK RESTRAINT A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided. • HOSE BED The hose bed will be fabricated of 0.125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength. The hose bed will be as low as practical. Standard hose bed width will be 68.00" inside. Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity. The upper inside area of the beavertails will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed. Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation. A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed before the tank transitions from the lower section to the upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed grating. Hose bed will accommodate 400' 2.5" DJ - 1000' of 5" - 200' of 2.5" DJ - 400' of 2.5" DJ. • HOSE BED DIVIDER Three (3) adjustable hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose. Each divider will be constructed of a .125" brushed aluminum sheet fitted and fastened into a slotted, 1.50" diameter radiused extrusion along the top, bottom, and rear edge. Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed. Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end. Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads. • HOSE BED HOSE RESTRAINT The hose in the hose bed will be restrained by a black nylon Velcro® strap at the top of the hosebed. At the rear of the hose bed, 2.00" black nylon webbing with a 1.50" x 4.00" box pattern will attach at the top rear outside corners with seat belt buckle fasteners. The webbing will have straps connected with seat belt buckle fasteners located at the rear body sheet below the hose bed. • RUNNING BOARDS Running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate. Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure. Running boards will be 14.75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel. The front and rear outside corner of the running board will be finished with a 45-degree corner where it lines up with the body. A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. • TAILBOARD The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly. The tailboard area will be 26.00" deep in the center area and 10.00" deep to the rear of the side compartments. The tailboard will be T-shaped. The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the forward outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard. The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. • REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum. The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body. Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate . • TOW BAR A tow bar will be installed under the tailboard at center of truck. Tow bar will be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius. Tow bar assembly will be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it will be transmitted to the frame rail. Tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. Tow bar design will have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques. • RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (2) hose trays located one (1) in each side running board. • HOSE TRAY Two (2) hose trays will be made free floating one (1) in each side running board. The tray(s) will be flanged and drop in from the top. The ends will be tapered at the front and rear towards the center. No fasteners will be used to secure the tray(s). Capacity of the tray will be 20.00' of 5.00" soft suction hose. Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. • COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum. Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders. Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance. Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip. The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle. Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel. The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded. Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops. Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury. • UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided. The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads. The support system will include .375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625" diameter bolts. Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body. A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment. The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body. Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a failsafe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body. • AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards. • LOUVERS Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate. • TESTING OF BODY DESIGN Body structural analysis has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, stress coating and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure. Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight. The criteria used during the testing procedure will include: • Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb. • Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions. • Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road. • Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road. • Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement. Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. • LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION The left side compartmentation will consist of three rollup door compartments. A full height, rollup door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.75" wide x 56.88" high. A rollup door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 58.25" wide x 23.13" high. A full height, rollup door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper section of the compartment. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 44.75" wide x 57.88" high. The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. • RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION A full height, roll-up door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 57.25" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 16.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The height of the compartment will be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 28.75" wide x 57.25" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A roll-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 25.38" high x 16.00" deep. The height of the compartment will be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 58.25" wide x 25.12" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. A full height, roll-up door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.50" wide x 58.25" high x 16.00" deep. A section of this compartment will be 25.88" deep x 47.50" wide x 26.00" high directly behind the rear wheels. The height of the compartment will be measured from the compartment floor to the bottom edge of the door roll. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. The compartment interior will be fully open from the compartment ceiling to the compartment floor and designed so that no permanent dividers are required between the upper and lower sections. The clear door opening of this compartment will be 44.75" wide x 58.25" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. • SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLLUP DOOR(S) There will be six (6) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors. Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials. Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A polished stainless-steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless-steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon. Each rollup door will have a 3.00-inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. • REAR COMPARTMENTATION A rollup door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided. Interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 33.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of height and 15.75" deep in the remaining upper portion. Depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed. For a chassis with a rear mounted fuel tank, a louvered removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment. Rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments. Clear door opening of this compartment will be 33.25" wide x 26.00" high. Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand. • ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR The rear compartment will have a rollup door. The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, satin aluminum and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors. The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement. Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression. The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials. Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands. A polished stainless-steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless-steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals. All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon. The door will have a 3.00-inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door. The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00". A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. • DOOR GUARD There will be seven (7) compartment doors that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed driver side forward compartment, driver side over the wheel compartment, driver side rearward compartment, rear compartment, passenger side forward compartment, passenger side over the wheel compartment and passenger side rearward compartment. • COMPARTMENT LIGHTING There will be seven (7) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12-volt DC LED compartment light strips. The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment.The dual light strips will be in all body compartment(s). Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck -Lite, Model: 79384 light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulbs. Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. • MOUNTING TRACKS There will be seven (7) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in D3, D2, D1, R1, P1, P2 and P3. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s) and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. • ADJUSTABLE SHELVES There will be four (4) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with a brushed finish with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track. The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts. The location(s) will be in LS1 at the depth transition point, in RS1 at the transition point, in RS3 at the transition point, in B1 centered between the floor and ceiling and in LS3 at the depth transition point. • SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY There will be two (2) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided. Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position. Each tray will be constructed of aluminum with a brushed finish There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2. To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117. To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40-hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request. Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. The location(s) will be R1 and RS1. • SWING OUT TOOLBOARD A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided. It will be a minimum of .188" thick with .203" diameter holes in a pegboard pattern with 1.00" centers between holes. A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard. The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 pounds. The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position. The board will be mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment. There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided. The toolboard(s) will be with a brushed finish and installed LS2. • MOUNTING, TRAFFIC CONES Mounting will be provided for customer supplied traffic cones. The cones will be mounted rear step bumper, RHS. Mounting will consist of a vertical aluminum tube with base tray. The dimension of the cones to be stored will be The cones are 13 ½ by 13 ½ at the base. Over all height is 28” for a single cone and 34 ¼ for five stacked cones. Needs to match the modified mount on job 32503. • SCBA HOLDER A total of one (1) Ziamatic model ULLH SCBA holder bracket. This bracket will include a backplate, two seats, a footplate and the model LLS ("Load & Lock") strap to hold the bottle in the bracket. The bracket seats will be a "one size fits all" style seat and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30-minute to the high pressure 60-minute. The brackets will be mounted LS3, angled in the rear corner, above the transition shelf. • BACKBOARD STORAGE A transverse area over the pump and forward of the cargo area will hold two (2) storage troughs. A blister will be supplied at each side to enclose the backboards due to their length. The backboards will be accessible from either side of the vehicle through the polished stainless- steel door(s) with a pair of lift and turn latches. The size of the backboard(s) to be stored will be 2" x 18" x 72". • RUB RAIL Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail. Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity. The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage. • BODY FENDER CROWNS Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion. The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown. • BODY FENDER LINER A painted fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. • HARD SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY DEALER NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2 requires a minimum of 20 ft of suction hose or 15 ft of supply hose. Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide suction or supply hose. There will be Two (2) lengths of 10' long x6.00" diameter hose provided and equipped with a long handle unless otherwise specified couplings provided on the ends. The brand will be Kochek. • HOSE TROUGHS Hard suction hose will be carried in two (2) V-shaped troughs, one (1) each side, and held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps. Troughs will be constructed of aluminum and painted job color. • HANDRAILS The handrails will be 1.25" diameter anodized aluminum extrusion, with a ribbed design, to provide a positive gripping surface. Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces. Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails. Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing. • HANDRAILS One (1) vertical handrail, not less than 29.00" long, will be located on each rear beavertail. • Two (2) horizontal handrails will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus, one each side. • EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (TRIANGULAR) A total of one (1) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided PS forward of the rear axle. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately 25.50" deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. Also, inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A polished stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a Southco non-locking C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. • AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. • AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (SINGLE) A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment, approximately 7.50" wide x 7.50" tall x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the right-side rearward of the rear wheels. The compartment will be square with angled corners. A polished stainless-steel door with a Southco non-locking C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. • AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (TRIPLE) A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the driver side forward of the rear wheels. A polished stainless-steel door with a Southco non-locking C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal. Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. • AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment. • EXTENSION LADDER There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. • ROOF LADDER There will be one (1) 14' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 775-DR roof ladder(s) provided. The ladder(s) will have roof hooks on both ends. • HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK Ground ladders will be mounted above the right side of the hose body in a specially designed swing-down cradle. This cradle will be electric/hydraulic operated. The system design will have been life cycle tested for at least 14 years of dependable service. An independent hydraulic pump powered by a 12-volt electric motor will operate the hydraulics. The hydraulic pump and reservoir will be accessible from the ground through a stainless-steel inspection door. The ladder rack will incorporate two hydraulic rotary actuators, one each located inside the front compartment and the rear compartment. The actuators will be completely enclosed within each compartment to eliminate any pinch points while operating the ladder rack. Lifting arms will be attached outside the compartment body to the front and rear actuator. The rack can be designed in certain situations to provide lifting capabilities up to 500 lb. The maximum height of the rack from the ground in the lowered position will be no more than 47.00". The electric control panel will have a master switch on/off switch, an actuation switch, an operation indicator light and operation instructions. The electric controls will be located in such a manner to allow the operator full view of the area into which the ladders will be lowered. Two (2) safety locks will be furnished to securely maintain the ladder rack assembly in the travel position. For ease of use, the safety locks will be located above the front and rear bulkheads and be operational while standing on the ground. Ladders will be secured to the brackets with two (2) locks retaining the roof ladder and the extension ladder. The locks will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place. • LADDER RACK INTERLOCK AND NOT STOWED INDICATOR LIGHT An interlock will be provided to prevent operation of the ladder rack unless the apparatus parking brake has been activated. A steady red indicator light will be located on the cab instrument panel and illuminated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. The light will be labeled "Ladder Rack". In addition, the "Do Not Move Apparatus" light located in the cab will be activated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. • HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK DEPLOYED LIGHTS There will be two (2) Truck-Lite catalog number 15***, 1.20" high x 2.49" wide x 0.94" deep lights with chrome trim, amber flashing LEDs and lens color(s) to be clear, provided per the following: • One (1) light installed on the front of the hydraulic ladder rack • One (1) light installed on the rear of the hydraulic ladder rack The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. • FOLDING LADDER One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed on the inboard side of the hydraulic ladder rack. The rear hydraulic rack arm will have an offset to not block the rear upper zone warning lights. • HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK PUMP LOCATION The hydraulic pump for the ladder rack will be located PS pump panel. An access door will be provided to fill the pump. • PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 8 ft or longer pike pole mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 10' pike pole. • 6' PIKE POLE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 6' pike pole or plaster hook mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The pike pole is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the pike pole. The pike pole(s) will be a Duo-Safety 6' pike pole. • PIKE POLE STORAGE Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of two (2) pike poles and will be located on the top of the driver side compartments and on the top of the passenger side compartments. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided. • FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. The quantity installed as noted on the sales drawing. The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black coating. The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. • REAR FOLDING STEPS Bright finished, non-skid folding steps with a black coating will be provided at the rear. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. • PUMP Pump will be a Waterous CSU, 2000 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type. Pump will be the class "A" type. Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below: - 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. -70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. -50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure. Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings). Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping. Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize a chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used. Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency. The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold. Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply. Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal. The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless-steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body. In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation. Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. • PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing. Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work. Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. • PUMPING MODE An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only. • AIR PUMP SHIFT Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back- up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel. Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump". Another green indicator light will be installed adjacent to the hand throttle on the pump panel and indicate either the pump is engaged, and the road transmission is in pump gear, or the road transmission is in neutral and the pump is not engaged. This indicator light will be labeled "Warning: Do not open throttle unless light is on". The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements. The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. • TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated. • AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be cylindrical type and will be a separate unit. The heat exchanger will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. Exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. • INTAKE RELIEF VALVE A Task Force Tips relief valve will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig. Relief valve will have a working range of 90 psig to 300 psig. Outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag. • PRESSURE CONTROLLER A Pierce Pump Boss Model PBA300 pressure governor will be provided. A pressure transducer will be installed in the water discharge manifold on the pump. The display panel will be located at the pump operator's panel. • PRIMING PUMP The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901. All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless-steel construction. One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. • PUMP MANUALS There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. • PUMP TEST The water pump will be 2,000 gpm capacity rated at 1,750 gpm. There will be two (2) sets of pump manufacturers certificates furnished with the unit, reflecting the two (2) ratings. The pump panel tags and the third-party test will reflect the lower rating. The pump will be tested, approved and certified by an independent third-party testing agency at the manufacturer's expense. The test results along with the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test, the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department • PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless-steel couplings. All stainless-steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness. Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings. Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel. All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame. All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing. All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. • PLUMBING, FOAM SYSTEM All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. • MAIN PUMP INLETS A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump. • MAIN PUMP INLET CAP The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap. The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. • VALVES All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless-steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve. Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty. • LEFT SIDE INLET There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter. The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be recessed behind the pump panel. • INLET CONTROL The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. • INLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. • TANK TO PUMP The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing. A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank. • TANK REFILL A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. • LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. • RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS There will be one (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. • LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" Akron valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 4.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. This discharge outlet will be actuated with a handwheel control at the pump operator's control panel. An indicator will be provided to show when the valve is in the closed position. • FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) 2.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping and flexible hose with a 2.50" full flow valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless-steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 2.50" NST with 90-degree stainless steel swivel. There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. • REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET There will be one (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, driver's side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. • DISCHARGE OUTLET (REAR) There will be one (1) discharge outlet piped to the rear of the hose bed, PS. Proper clearance will be provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. The discharge outlet(s) will terminate with a 2.50" male National Standard hose thread male adapter. • DISCHARGE CAPS Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chains will be furnished for all side discharge outlets. The caps will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. • OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application. The valves will be located behind the panel with a swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel. The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage. Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to. The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. • LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45- degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. • RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right-side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. • REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45- degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. • ADDITIONAL REAR OUTLET ELBOWS The 2.50" discharge outlets, located at the rear of the apparatus, will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread chrome plated, 45-degree elbow. The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected. • LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS The 4.00" outlet(s) will be furnished with one (1) 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap. • DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel. • DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel. The deluge riser will have male National Pipe Threads for mounting the monitor. • CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve. Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90-degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. Vertical scuffplates constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. • 2.50" CROSSLAY HOSE BED One (1) crosslay with 2.50" outlets will be provided. This bed to be capable of carrying 200' of 2.50" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.50" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.50" quarter turn ball valve. Outlet to be equipped with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread 90-degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus. The crosslay control will be at the pump operator's panel. The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of 0.25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish. The remainder of the crosslay bed will be painted job color. Stainless steel vertical scuffplates will be provided at hose bed ends (each side of vehicle). Bottom of hose bed ends (each side) will also be equipped with a stainless steel scuffplate. Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. • CROSSLAY HOSE RESTRAINT A 2.00" black nylon webbing design restraint will be provided at each of the ends of three (3) crosslay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing assembly is to be attached at the bottom of the crosslays, with footman loops and a permanent attachment, and is to attach at the top outside corners with seat belt buckles. The female end of the seat buckle will be permanently attached at the top corner of the opening. A nylon strap will be attached to the seat belt buckle for releasing the buckle on the webbing. • FOAM SYSTEM The foam system will be externally mounted. • AUXILIARY FOAM OUTLET This auxiliary foam outlet will be provided at the DS pump panel side pump panel. The outlet will allow the foam from the onboard foam tank to be connected to a portable eductor. The outlet will be connected directly to the onboard foam tank with 1.50" flexible hose and a 1.50" shutoff valve controlled at the pump operators’ panel. The outlet will terminate with a 1.50" MNST chrome plated adapter and cap. • FOAM TANK The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid. • FOAM TANK DRAIN The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right-side pump panel. • PUMP COMPARTMENT The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards. The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four- point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist. Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly. • PUMP MOUNTING Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump. • LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified. Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized. The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance: The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges. The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains. All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding. • IDENTIFICATION TAGS The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle. All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge. All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. The trim rings for the side discharge outlets will be color coded and labeled to correspond with the discharge identification tag. • PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation. • PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a painted FormCoat black finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. The right-side pump panel will be removable and fastened with swell type fasteners. • PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12-volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment. There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. Also provided at the pump panel will be the following: - Master Pump Drain Control • AIR HORN BUTTON An air horn control button will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This button will be red in color and properly labeled "Evacuation". • COLOR CODED NAME TAGS There will be one (1) outlet discharges with special color-coded name tags. These tags will be used for labeling the discharge pressure gauges, controls, outlets and drains. Front discharge - BLUE. • VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©. The gauges will be a minimum of 4.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel. Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and non-corrosive polished stainless steel or brass plugs. They will be marked with a label. This gauge will include a 10-year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. • PRESSURE GAUGES The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be Class 1© interlube filled. They will be a minimum of 2.00" in diameter and have white faces with black lettering. Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut. Gauges will have a pressure range of 30"-0-400#. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. This gauge will include a 10-year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube. • WATER LEVEL GAUGE A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA300-A00 water tank indicator gauge shall be installed on the pump operators’ panel. The gauge kit shall include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, and a 10' sensor cable. The gauge shall show the volume of water in the tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs shall provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The gauge case shall be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material, and have a distinctive blue label. The program features shall be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program shall support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low water warnings shall include flashing LEDs at 1/4 tank and down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty. The gauge shall receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor shall be mounted from the outside of the water tank near the bottom. No probe shall be placed on the interior of the tank. Wiring shall be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors. REMOTE LIGHT DRIVER A Fire Research TankVision model WLA290-A00 remote light driver shall be installed. The driver shall provide four (4) separate outputs to control additional water level lights around the apparatus. The lights shall show 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, and full tank. When power is applied the driver shall run a test and cycle each remote light on and off. When the tank is less than 1/4 full the 1/4 tank light shall blink. • • ADDITIONAL WATER LEVEL GAUGE There will be two (2) additional Fire Research MaxVision model WLA280-A00 water tank remote indicators provided and installed rear of the crew cab doors, high on the side of the cab. The indicators will show the volume of water in the tank on Ninety-six (96) easy to see super bright Tri-color LEDs. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate material with an integrated lens. The remote indicator will indicate the level as a single color in Red for 25% or less, Amber color for up to 50% volume, Blue color for up to 75% volume and Green color for up to 100% volume. When the level reaches 25%, the red LEDs will begin flashing. When the level is empty, the red LEDs will scroll in a down-chasing motion and then flash three times. It will have the program capability to adjust the brightness level for day time and night time viewing. The LEDs can also be programmed for different colors. This module will be activated when the parking brake is applied. • FOAM LEVEL GAUGE An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows: • 100 percent = Green • 75 percent = Yellow • 50 percent = Yellow • 25 percent = Yellow • Refill = Red The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty. The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank. The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. • STEP/LIGHT SHIELD There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators’ panel. • There will be 12-volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. • One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode. There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. There will be a green pump engaged indicator light activated on at the operator's panel when the pump is shifted into gear from inside the cab. There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch. • ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD There will be an additional aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the passenger's side pump panel. • There will be 12-volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above the step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch. • AIR HORN SYSTEM There will be two (2) Grover air horns recessed in the front bumper. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. Air Horn Location The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, inside of the frame rails. • AIR HORN CONTROL The air horns will be actuated by a lanyard plastic coated braided cable pull control within reach of the officer and by the horn button in the steering wheel. The driver will have the option to control the air horns or the chassis horns from the horn button by means of a selector switch located on the instrument panel. • ELECTRONIC SIREN A Whelen®, Model 295SLSA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone will be provided. This siren to be active when the battery switch is on and that emergency master switch is on. Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side inside switch panel. The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided. • SPEAKERS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speakers with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless-steel grille provided. Each speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier. There will be one (1) speaker recessed in the passenger side and one (1) speaker recessed in the driver side of the front bumper. The speakers will be located in the angled corner area of the bumper. • MECHANICAL SIREN, (AUXILIARY) An Eagle Sirens, Screaming Eagle siren will be furnished. A siren brake button will be installed on the switch panel. The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper in the center. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework. The mechanical siren will be actuated by two (2) foot switches, one (1) located on the officer's side officer side engine tunnel, angled section, within reach of officer and one (1) on the driver's side. • FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be one (1) 72.00" Whelen Freedom IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof. The lightbar will include the following: • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position. • Open in the driver's side fifth front position. • Open in the driver's side sixth front position. • Open in the passenger's side sixth front position. • Open in the passenger's side fifth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position. There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control this lightbar. The white LEDs will be disabled when the parking brake is applied. The six (6) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. • FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS There will be two (2) pair of Whelen, Model M6*C LED lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the one for the headlamps. The outer LED lights will be the required lights. • The color of these lights will be both outside lights red. The inner LED lights will be additional lights. • The color of these lights will be both inside lights red. These lights will have a clear lens. There will be one (1) pair of Whelen, Model M6*C LED lights installed on the cab face above the turn signals in a bezel to match the turn signal. • The color of the driver's side light will be red • The color of the passenger's side light will be red These lights will have a clear lens. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. Each bezel will have a Truck-Lite Model 19036Y LED clearance light in the end position. • ROTO RAY LIGHT There will be one (1) Roto Ray, Model 4000W rotating warning light provided on the front of the cab mounted through the top section of the front grille. This warning light will include the following: • Two (2) PAR46 lights with red LEDs and clear lenses • One (1) PAR46 light with white LEDs and a clear lens There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control this light. The rotation motor and the warning lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied. • HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side. There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on. The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set. • SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6*C, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following: • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red. • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The side middle lights to be red. • Two (2) lights, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The side rear lights to be red. • The lights will include clear lenses. There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. • INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model ION*, 1.00" high x 4.00" long 12-volt DC LED flashing warning lights with clear lenses provided, one (1) on each cab and crew cab door pan. The color will be amber. Each light will be activated by the door jamb switch of the associated door. • SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be four (4) Whelen, Model WION* wide angle flashing LED warning lights with Whelen, Model IONK1B black bail mounts provided: • One (1) recessed in the driver's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. • One (1) recessed in the driver's side crew cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. • One (1) recessed in the passenger's side crew cab on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. • One (1) recessed in the passenger's side cab step on the front, vertical surface, below bottom of door. The color of the lights will be red. These lights will be activated with the side warning switch. These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. • SIDE WARNING LIGHTS There will be six (6) Whelen, Model WIONSMCD split red/white LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails (1) each under P1 and D1 and (2) each under D3 and P3. The lights will NOT be mounted with the rubber gasket behind the light which will allow the light(s) to fit in the rub rails. The lens color will be clear. Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange. The light(s) will be activated with the emergency master. • REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING There shall be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus. • The driver's side rear light to be red • The passenger's side rear light to be red Both lights will include a lens that is clear. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. • REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model L31H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (1) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons. The color of the lights will be red LEDs with both domes clear. The rear warning lights will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertails as high as possible. • INVERTER / BATTERY CHARGER There will be a Vanner, Model 20-1050CUL-DC, inverter/battery charger provided. This inverter will be rated at 787.5 watts to meet NFPA requirements. The inverter will be connected to the batteries through proper fusing and also to shoreline AC power. There will be a Model LSCR-25, battery charging indicator provided on the driver's seat riser. There will be an auto transfer switch included allowing AC loads connected to the inverter to be powered from the battery whenever shoreline AC power is not available. When shoreline AC power is available, the battery charger function will be active, and the AC loads connected to the inverter will be powered through the shoreline connection. The inverter/battery charger will be mounted in the left side forward compartment and have adequate ventilation. A master on/off switch will be provided in the driver side cab switch panel. • LOOSE EQUIPMENT The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit: - One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit. • NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department. • 800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose. • 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose. • One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum. • Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum. • One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm. • One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer. • One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s). • One (1) first aid kit. • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches. • Two (2) hydrant wrenches. • One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads. • One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections. • Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m). • One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front. • Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the 6.00" (152 mm) band. • Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED). • Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device). • If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus. • If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6. • If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake. • If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake. • SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2.1 requires a minimum of 20' of suction hose or 15' of supply hose will be carried. Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose. • STRAINER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2.1.1 requires a suction strainer when suction hose is provided. The strainer is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the suction strainer. • DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. • WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher. • FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. • PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus. The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe. • PAINT The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows: 7. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate. 8. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion. A final pure water rinse will be applied to all metal surfaces. 9. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded. 10. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra-smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat. 11. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated. 12. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment. 13. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacture. Each batch of basecoat color is checked for a proper match before painting of the cab and the body. After the cab and body are painted, the color is verified again to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment is used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications are used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading is used to determine a good color match within each family color. All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly. Pierce Manufacturing paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) meet or exceed the Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T.standard in critical areas. These requirements are met in order for the exterior paint finish to be considered acceptable. The Pierce Manufacturing written paint standards will be available upon request. The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted #101 black along with a shield design on the cab face and lower section of the cab and body painted #90 red. PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT Contractor will meet or exceed all current State regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions: • Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free. • Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99% efficiency factor. • Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient • Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean. • Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. • Empty metal paint containers will be to recover the metal. • Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse. Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his State EPA rules and regulations. • PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY The chassis frame assembly will be finished with black before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc. Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint: • Two (2) C-channel frame rails Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated are: • Cross members • Axles • Suspensions • Steering gear • Battery boxes • Bumper extension weldment • Frame extensions • Body mounting angles • Rear Body support substructure (front and rear) • Pump house substructure • Air tanks • Steel fuel tank • Castings • Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. • COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks. • REFLECTIVE BAND Reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" white stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap and a 6.00" black stripe on the bottom. • CHEVRON STRIPING ON THE FRONT BUMPER There will be alternating chevron striping located on the front bumper. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. The size of the striping will be 6.00". • REAR CHEVRON STRIPING There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered. The colors will be red and fluorescent yellow green diamond grade. Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This will meet the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901, which states that 50% of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping. • "Z" JOG IN REFLECTIVE STRIPE There will be two (2) "Z"-shaped jog(s) provided in the reflective stripe design. • REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE A black outline will be applied on the top and the bottom of the reflective band. There will be one (1) set of outline stripes required. • REFLECTIVE STRIPE INSIDE RUBRAILS A reflective stripe will be provided inside the extruded aluminum rubrails. The reflective material will be black. There will be a quantity of four (4) rubrails striped. • DIAMOND GRADE CHEVRON STRIPE ON HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK Diamond grade reflective striping will be applied to the front and rear facing hydraulic ladder rack pivot arm to increase visibility, and to match the rear of the unit. • INVERTED "V" CHEVRON STRIPING ON CAB AND CREW CAB DOORS There will be alternating chevron striping located on the inside of each cab and crew cab door. The striping will consist of the following colors: The first color will be red diamond grade The second color will be fluorescent yellow green diamond grade The size of the striping will be 4.00". • CAB STRIPE There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield. • LETTERING The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. • LETTERING Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. • LETTERING One (1) to twenty (20) reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with outline will be provided. • LETTERING One (1) to twenty (20) reflective lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided. • LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 12 letters provided. • LETTERING There will be reflective lettering, 9.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be eight (8) letters provided. • SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS four (4) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering. They will be mounted front bumper, cab sides, rear and 12" x 12" in size. • EMBLEMS There will be a pair of American flag emblems, installed upper crew cab window. The emblem will be waving and made out of Gerber Vision material. • 911 EMERGENCY EMBLEM(S) There will be one (1) reflective emblem(s) provided and installed. The emblems will consist of the numbers "911" above the word "EMERGENCY", in reflective lettering. One reflective telephone symbol will appear to the left of the letters. Each emblem will measure approximately 14". • EMBLEM A pair of emblems showing a "Star of Life" will be installed on the vehicle. The emblem will be made with reflective material. The size will be approximately 12.00" high x 12.00" wide. • FIRE APPARATUS PARTS CD MANUAL There will be two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus provided in CD format with the completed unit. The manuals will contain the following: • Job number • Part numbers with full descriptions • Table of contents • Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in alphabetical order • Instructions on how to locate parts The manuals will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. SERVICE PARTS INTERNET SITE The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the factory website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly. • CHASSIS SERVICE CD MANUALS There will be two (2) CD format chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit. The manual will contain the following sections: • Job number • Table of contents • Troubleshooting • Front Axle/Suspension • Brakes • EngineTires • Wheels • Cab • Electrical, DC • Air Systems • Plumbing • Appendix The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. • CHASSIS OPERATION CD MANUALS There will be two (2) CD format chassis operation manuals provided. • ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. • ENGINE WARRANTY A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal. • STEERING GEAR WARRANTY A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. • FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom chassis frame limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal. • FRONT AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. • REAR AXLE TWO (2) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor axle limited warranty certificate, WA0046, is included with this proposal. • ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal. • TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. • TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. • FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal. • CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY A Pierce fifty-four (54) month warranty will be provided for the camera system. • COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY The Pierce 12-volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal. • TRANSMISSION WARRANTY The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission. Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations. • TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. • WATER TANK WARRANTY A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. • TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. • ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors. The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. • PUMP WARRANTY A Waterous pump limited warranty certificate, WA0225, is included with this proposal. • TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal. • TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. • THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal. • VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. • ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. • POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid. • CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third-party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below: - European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. - SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks. - SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks. - Roof Crush The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons. - Side Impact The same cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 13,275-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident. - Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420. - Additional Frontal Impact The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420) The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area. • CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000-cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. • WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. • SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. • SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. • CAB DEFROSTER CERTIFICATION Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria. • CAB HEATER CERTIFICATION Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. The cab heaters will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. • CAB AIR CONDITIONING PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATION Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria. • AMP DRAW REPORT The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system. The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following: • Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. • A written load analysis, which will include the following: o The nameplate rating of the alternator. o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per: ▪ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per: ▪ Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load. o Each individual intermittent load. All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition). EXHIBIT “B” A. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Certification of insurance coverage will be enclosed. ---"4 TEN8F-1 , 1116 O CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE 101/2019 r} �� 02!01!2019 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER 941-484-0681 CONTACT Gifford -Heiden Ins Inc PHONE FAX 111 E Venice Avenue (AJC, No, Ext): 94 I-484-06$ E (MC, No):941�85-3835 Venice, FL 34285 E-MAIL Nicole TGifford A6RR_ESS_.- Equipment Inc Ave Dr E I, FL 34203 __._. _INSURER(S)_AFFORRING. COVE INSURER A: Valley Forge Insurance Co INSURERS: Continental Casualty Co INSURER C_ National l=ire Ins Co rrnvConrscc r`COTICH-ATC rdl IAMUCM. r,ctnern•� . [upon. 20443 20478 THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEFN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS_ INSR' LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE INSD ADDL SUB POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXP LIMITS A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR X Contract Lia!) X X 2091595545 07130/2018 07/3012019 EACH OCCURRENCE . $ 1'000,000 $ 100,000 DAMAGE TO RENTE{] PREM E Ea occurrence MED EXP An one person)$ 15,000 X XCU Included PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPPLIIEES PER: POLfCY '� JECT 'L�_f LOC GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2'000,000 PRODUCTS - COMPtOP AGG $ 2,000,000 Emp Ben. 1,000,000 OTHER' C AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY i COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT . (Ea accident) 1,000,000 $_.,.__._ $ X ANY AUTO OWNED SCHEDULED AUTOS ONLY AUTOS X X 12071988532 07!3012018 071301201911 BODILY INJURY Perperson) BODILY INJURY PeracU.i eRD $-__—_ $ X HIREDX Npp�iyy OoWNED AUTOS ONLY AU70S ONLY ! PROPERTY DAMAGE i (Per accident) — - X PIP $10000 B X UMBRELLA LIAR X OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE $ 3'000'000 AGGREGATE l EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS -MADE X X 12048055914 07!3012018 0713012019' $ 3'000'000 DED X RETENTION $ 10000 A WORKERS COMPENSATIONX AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETORfPARTNERlEXECUTIVE YIN OFFICERIMEMBEREXCLIIDED7 N] (Mandatory in NH) If yes, describe antler DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below NfA X 2067574121 ' '1101 12 01 9101/0112020 01/01120, PER OTH- STAT TE ER 1,000,000 $_ $ 1,000,000 _ ELEACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - E.A EM__P_LO_ YEE - MI E.L. DISEASE -POLICY LIMIT 1 '000 '040 C Garage Liab X X 2071988532 0713012018107/3012019 Occ/Agg lm/2m C GKLL Phy Dmg 2071988532 0713012018:07/3012019 GKLL 1,600,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS! LOCATIONS I VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Add€f€onal Remarks Schedule, may be attached if amore space is required) Pierce Pumper Fire Apparatus Honor.Motes@cityofmlltonga.us MILT001 City of Milton 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA 30004 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRFSFNTA ACORD 25 (2016103) ©1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD STATE OF EXHIBIT "C" Lo� '% COUNTY OF CO CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT AND AGREEMENT By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services on behalf of the City of Milton, Georgia has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E -Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an affidavit to the contractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Contractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: X0(02-9 0 Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number Date of Authorization Ten -8 Fire & Safety Equipment of Georgia, LLC Name of Contractor Pumper Apparatus Construction and Delivery - 2019 Name of Project City of Milton, Georgia Name of Public Employer I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on�, 20L in (city), F -L— (state). V, Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE / ST DAY OF YU N 20/t. 4 [NOTARI`� '. � 0€ � 0 My Commission Expires: n� Lf LZ6 ZZ KkREN J 1RANSUE Commission # GG 18W Expire May 28, 2022 ftmm rnN ' "" STATE OFF V n EXHIBIT D COUNTY OF SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10- 91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract with Ten -8 Fire & Safety Equipment of Georgia, LLC on behalf of the City of Milton, Georgia has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E -Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned subcontractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period, and the undersigned subcontractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with sub -subcontractors who present an affidavit to the subcontractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Additionally, the undersigned subcontractor will forward notice of the receipt of an affidavit from a sub -subcontractor to the contractor within five (5) business days of receipt. If the undersigned subcontractor receives notice that a sub -subcontractor has received an affidavit from any other contracted sub -subcontractor, the undersigned subcontractor must forward, within five (5) business days of receipt, a copy of the notice to the contractor. Subcontractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: Ilo TUU Federal Work Authorization User Identification Number Date of Authoriza [on 1'crce Mi nt ]fn(+IrImiM Name of Subcontractor Pumper Apparatus Construction and Delivery - 2019 Name of Project City of Milton, Georeia Name of Public Employer I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Execut d o _h2p19 in (city), V (state). UJAg ,fk. f ee1,, Signatur Y Authorized Cfficer or Agent lieH I n . 1. . PrirName an d Title of/Authorized Officer or Agent I r • [NOTARY SEAL] My Commission Expires: Q_, 0 TO: MILTON't ESTABLISHED 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM City Council DATE: February 13, 2019 FROM: Steven Krokoff, City Manager AGENDA ITEM: Approval of a Contract between the City of Milton and CityView to Provide Electronic Plan Review, Permitting and Inspections Software. MEETING DATE: Wednesday, February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: (;j/APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: (J/YES CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: („y ES APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY: Q/APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: &Li lot 7 ) 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA P: 678.242.25001 F: 678.242.2499 () NOT APPROVED () NO () NO () NOT APPROVED info@cityofmiltonga.us I www.cityofmiltonga.us To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Parag Agrawal, Community Development Director Date: Submitted February 11, 2019 for the February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of contract between City of Milton and CityView to provide electronic plan review, permitting and inspections software _____________________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approval Executive Summary: Since the City’s incorporation in 2006, growing populations, tightening budgets, and increasing regulatory standards have resulted in the need for a more efficient method of tracking, managing, reporting, recording, sharing, and archiving permits and related data. The purpose of this project is to license and implement CityView software to help achieve these improvements. Through CityView, we will also be working with Bluebeam Revu per the attached separate supplemental agreement. Procurement Summary: Purchasing method used: RFP Account Number: 300-7410-542401000 Requisition Total: $301,843 Vendor DBA: CityView Financial Review: Bernadette Harvill, January 31, 2019 Legal Review: Sam Van Volkenburgh, January 31, 2019 Concurrent Review: Stacey Inglis Attachments: CityView Contractual Services Agreement, CityView Software License and Support Agreement, Supplemental Bluebeam Revu License Agreement QtvView,,,,,,,,,.,,, 3'OHARRIS CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT (hereinafter the "Agreement") is made this day of , 2019 (the "Effective Date") by and between the City of Milton, GA, (hereinafter the "City"), and CityView, an unincorporated division of N. Harris Computer Corporation, an Ontario Corporation, and wholly owned subsidiary of Constellation Software, Inc., acting through its unincorporated CityView division, with its place of business at 4464 Markham Street, Suite 1202, Victoria, BC, V8Z 7X8 (hereinafter the "Vendor"). The City and the Vendor are sometimes hereinafter individually referred to as "Party" and hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Parties." RECITALS A. The Vendor desires to perform and assume responsibility and obligation for the provision of certain professional services, as hereinafter described, on the terms and conditions set forth herein. Vendor represents that it is experienced in providing business process automation and implementation services to public clients and is familiar with the scope of work of the City. B. The City desires to engage Vendor to render such services, as hereinafter described, for the Implementation of an Electronic Plan Review, Permitting & Inspections Software (the "Project') on the terms and conditions set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein, the City and the Vendor agree as follows: OPERATIVE PROVISIONS SECTION I ENGAGEMENT AND SERVICES OF THE VENDOR 1. Engagement of Vendor. The City hereby engages the Vendor and the Vendor promises and agrees to furnish to the City, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, all labour, materials, tools, equipment, services, and incidental and customary work necessary to fully and adequately supply the professional services necessary (the "Services") for the project described in the statement of work set out in Schedule "D" to this Agreement (the "Project'). The Services are more particularly described in the "Solution Implementation" portion of Schedule "A", in the statement of work set out in Schedule "D", attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The Vendor agrees to perform the Services in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the exhibits attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations in effect at the time the Services are provided. 2. Performance of the Vendor, Standard of Care. The Vendor accepts the relationship of trust and confidence established between the City and the Vendor by the terms of this Agreement. The Vendor covenants with the City to perform all Services under this Agreement in a skillful and competent manner, consistent with or in excess of the standards of skill, quality and care adhered to by recognized professionals in the same discipline in Canada while performing services of a like or similar nature under like or similar circumstances. Vendor represents and maintains that it is skilled in the professional calling necessary to perform the Services, and that it shall consider all recent proven and tested methods known and successfully employed by recognized professionals in the same discipline in Canada. Vendor shall also cooperate with the City and any other consultants or contractors engaged by or on behalf of the City in performance of the Project. The Vendor covenants to use its commercially reasonable efforts to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement in an efficient, expeditious and economical manner, consistent with the best interests of the City and the professional standard of care set forth in this Agreement. Page 11 SECTION 11 The Vendor's Responsibilities for Costs and Expenses. Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, the Vendor shall be solely responsible for all costs and expenses incurred relative to the Vendor, personnel of the Vendor and sub -Vendors of the Vendor in connection with the performance of the Services, including, without limitation, payment of salaries, fringe benefits contributions, payroll taxes, withholding taxes and other taxes or levies, office overhead expense, telephone and other telecommunication expenses, and document reproduction expenses. 2. Independent Contractor. The Services shall be performed by Vendor or under its supervision. Vendor shall determine the means, methods and details of performing the Services subject to the requirements of this Agreement. The Vendor represents that it possesses the professional and technical personnel required to perform the Services. The City retains Vendor on an independent contractor basis and not as an employee of the City. Vendor retains the right to perform similar or different services for others during the term of this Agreement. The personnel performing the Services on behalf of the Vendor shall at all times be under the Vendor's exclusive direction and control. The Vendor shall pay all expenses, including, without limitation, all wages, salaries, fringe benefit contributions, payroll taxes, withholding taxes, other taxes or levies and all other amounts due such personnel for the Services or due others as a result of the performance by such personnel of the Services. Vendor shall be responsible for all reports and obligations respecting such additional personnel, including, but not limited to, all reports for social security taxes, income tax withholding, unemployment insurance, disability insurance, and workers' compensation insurance. Vendor's Project Manager. The Vendor shall designate and assign a project manager ("Project Manager"), who shall coordinate all phases of the Services and act as the Vendor's representative for performance of this Agreement. The Project Manager shall have full authority to represent and act on behalf of the Vendor for all purposes under this Agreement, and shall be available to the City at all reasonable times. The Project Manager shall supervise and direct the Services, using his or her best skill and attention, and shall be responsible for all means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures employed by Vendor's personnel, as well as the satisfactory coordination of all portions of the Services under this Agreement. 4. Time of Performance. Vendor shall complete the Services to be performed by Vendor under and pursuant to this Agreement by a date mutually agreed to in the accepted project plan. This targeted completion date may be modified by mutual written agreement as a result of the fine tuning of the plan during the first two months after project start- Vendor shall perform the Services expeditiously, within the term of this Agreement, and in accordance with any schedule of services mutually acceptable to the Parties, 5. Software License and Support Agreement. The vendor will provide the software licenses identified in Schedule "A" for the City's use as governed by its Software License and Support Agreement, a copy of which is attached as Schedule "B". 6. Conformance to Applicable Requirements. All aspects of the provision of the Services by Vendor shall conform to all applicable local, state, and federal laws, rules and regulations in effect at the time the services are provided. 7. Insurance. Vendor currently carries insurance coverage for commercial general liability, non -owned automobile coverage, workers' compensation, and errors and omissions policies. Vendor shall supply City with Certificates of Insurance for insurance requirements that fall within the general scope of the present policies that Vendor carries. City has no rights to review the Vendor's policies. 8. Prohibition Against Transfers The Vendor shall not assign, sublease, hypothecate, or transfer this Agreement, or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of the City, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, except that the Vendor may assign to a successor entity in the event of its dissolution, acquisition, sale of substantially all of its assets, merger or other change in legal status. The Agreement shall inure to the Page 12 benefit of and be binding upon the Parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Proess. The Vendor is responsible to keep the City Project Manager and/or his or her duly authorized designee informed on a regular basis regarding the status and progress of the Services, activities performed and planned, and any meetings that have been scheduled or are desired relative to the Services or this Agreement. The frequency and form of the updates will be mutually agreed on during the fine tuning of the plan in the first two months after project start. 10. Confidentiality. The Parties each acknowledge that they may receive information from the other Party or otherwise in connection with this Agreement or the performance of the Services. Except for information in the public domain, unless such information falls into the public domain by disclosure or other acts of the disclosing party or through the fault of the receiving party, the receiving party agrees: W to maintain this information in confidence; (ii) not to use this information other than in the course of this Agreement; (iii) not to disclose or release such information except on a need to know only basis; (iv) not to disclose or release such information to any third person without the prior written consent of the disclosing party, except for authorized employees or agents of the receiving party; and (v) to take all appropriate action, whether by instruction, agreement or otherwise, to ensure that third persons with access to the information under the direction or control or in any contractual privity with the receiving party, do not disclose or use, directly or indirectly, for any purpose other than for performing the Services during or after the term of this Agreement, any material or information, including the information, without first obtaining the written consent of the disclosing party. All report materials, either created by or provided to Vendor in connection with the performance of this Agreement, shall be held confidential by Vendor. Such materials shall not, without the prior written consent of City, be used by Vendor for any purposes other than the performance of the Services. Nor shall such materials be disclosed to any person or entity not connected with the performance of the Services or the Project. Vendor specifically agrees to comply with the requirements of Georgia's Open Records Act (O.C.G.A. § 50- 18-71, et seq.) to the extent they apply to Vendor in connection with this Agreement. Vendor acknowledges that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including any of the general confidentiality obligations above, approval of and discussion regarding this Agreement will take place before the Milton City Council in open session governed by the Georgia Open Meetings Act, Vendor further acknowledges that City is subject to Georgia's Open Records Act, and agrees that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including any of the general confidentiality obligations above, the City may disclose any material that is disclosable under the Open Records Act in response to any valid Open Records Act request, without permission from or prior notice to Vendor. If, in the course of complying with this Agreement, Vendor submits records containing trade secret information, and if Vendor wishes to keep such records confidential from Open Records Act requests, Vendor acknowledges that it must submit and attach to such records an affidavit affirmatively declaring that specific information in the records constitutes trade secrets pursuant to Article 27 of Chapter I of Title 10, and the parties shall follow the requirements of O.C.G.A. § 50-18-72(a)(34) related thereto. 11. No Set Hours/Right to Contract. The Vendor's obligation hereunder is to complete the Services in accordance with this Agreement and to meet any deadlines established pursuant to this Agreement. The Vendor has no obligation to work any particular schedule, hours or days, or any particular number of hours or days. However, the Vendor shall coordinate with the City in achieving the results and meeting the goals established pursuant to this Agreement. 12. Accounting Records. Vendor shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to all costs and expenses incurred under this Agreement. All such records shall be clearly identifiable. Vendor shall allow a representative of City during normal business hours and with reasonable notice (not less than 7 business days) to examine, audit, and make transcripts or copies of such records and any other documents created pursuant to this Agreement. Vendor shall allow inspection of all work, data, documents, proceedings, and Page 13 activities related to the Agreement for a period of three (3) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement 13. Safety. Vendor shall execute and maintain its Services so as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. In carrying out its Services, the Vendor shall at all times be in compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations, and shall exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees appropriate to the nature of the work and the conditions under which the work is to be performed. 14. E -Verify. Pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, Vendor shall: (1) complete the form attached hereto as Schedule "F', averring that (i) it will not perform any services in the United States and is exempt from compliance with United States immigration verification laws with respect to the services performed under this Agreement; or (ii) it has registered with, is authorized to use, and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E -Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, and that will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the term of the Agreement; or (2) provide evidence that it is an individual licensed in good standing under Title 26 or Title 43 of the Georgia Code, or by the State Bar of Georgia; or (3) provide a copy of its state -issued drivers' license accompanied by an affidavit that it currently has no employees and does not intend to hire any employees for purposes of satisfying or completing the terms and conditions of this Agreement. SECTION III RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CITY 1. Cooperation. The City shall cooperate with the Vendor relative to the provisions ofthose Services for which the Vendor is responsible. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the City shall provide criteria and information in its possession, or reasonably obtainable by it, as requested by Vendor, and shall make that information and related data available for Vendor's use during the performance of this Agreement. The City shall render decisions required by this Agreement within the time indicated, or if not specifically stated, with reasonable promptness so as not to unduly delay the progress of Vendor's Services. 2. City's Project Manager and Project Staff. The City shall designate and assign a City project manager ("City Project Manager") who shall have full authority to represent and act on behalf of the City for all purposes under this Agreement (but not to enter into new contracts or major contract modifications for the City in any manner inconsistent with the contract authorization and change order requirements of the City's charter and ordinances). The City Project Manager, or his/her designee, shall be the principal officer of the City for liaison with the Vendor, and shall review and give approval to the details of the Services as they are performed, in particular, but not exhaustively, Project Plan, Scope of Work, Acceptance Plans, Statements of Completion, Change Order Requests as they may be required during project implementation. In addition, the City Project Manager shall ensure proper and timely availability of all City personnel required by the Vendor for successful completion of project tasks, in particular, but not exhaustively, business and systems analysts, IT staff, Subject Matter Experts, End Users. The City designates Parae Agrawal to be its Project Manager, but reserves the right to appoint another person as City Project Manager upon written notice to the Vendor. Any change to project plan shall be dealt with through the Change Order Management process detailed in Section XI of Schedule D. 3. Project Plan. The City shall be responsible for meeting specific milestones and providing specific deliverables that will be defined in the project plan to be mutually agreed to by the Parties in writing (the "Project Plan"). In addition, the City covenants to meet any turnaround or review times specified in the Project Plan. Should the City fail to meet the agreed milestones or to provide the agreed deliverables or to meet the specified turnaround or review times, the Vendor will inform the City of the consequences thereof and reserves the right to modify the project plan accordingly. Following any fine tuning of the Project Plan during the first two months after project start, the Project Plan shall be agreed upon and signed by authorized representatives of each of the Parties, shall be attached to this Agreement as Schedule "D" and shall be deemed to form part of this Agreement Page 14 Formal completion statement. No later than thirty days past go -live of the software solution, the City shall provide the Vendor with a written statement of completion certifying that the solution has been implemented successfully (the "Statement of Completion"). In case of a partial go -live this shall refer to the part of the solution that has gone live. Applicable Taxes and Exemptions. The City shall be responsible for any sales tax due on fees associated with this Agreement. If the City is exempt from sales tax on fees associated with the Services to be provided by Vendor under this Agreement an exempt certificate will be provided to the Vendor prior to the execution of this contract. Allowance for Suspension or Delay due to City. In the event that the City shall suspend the performance of Services, delay any deliverable date, or cause a delay in performance by failing to fulfill any of its obligations under this Section III then the following shall apply: any applicable delivery schedule shall be extended by a period of time equal to the time lost because of any such delay. The due date for any deliverable that is dependent on such performance by the City shall be deemed adjusted equitably to allow for the effect of such delay on Vendor's ability to supply or perform such deliverable. Page 15 Compensation. a. In consideration of the performance by Vendor of the Services, the City shall pay to the Vendor compensation at the rates set forth in the "Solution Implementation" portion of Schedule "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. b. Total compensation during the initial year of this Agreement shall not exceed $291,868 JJ21us travel) without written approval of the City. This amount includes: (i) the one-time fees for Services under this Agreement; (ii) the one-time software licensing fees under the Software License and Support Agreement; and (iii) the first year of annual fees, consisting of maintenance and support for the CityView software and Bluebearn Revu and the first year annual subscription for Bluebeam Studio Prime. c. Compensation for all annual maintenance and support and subscription fees in years 2-5 is set forth in Schedule "A". d. Compensation for annual maintenance and support fees after year 5 and compensation for any travel expenses above the budgeted amount shall be determined at a future date between the Parties and set forth as a written change order to this Agreement. 2. Extra Service. The Vendor shall not receive additional compensation for any extra service unless such extra service has been authorized in writing by the City prior to the commencement of the extra service, provided that the Change Order Management procedures in Schedule D have been followed. Any changes to the total compensation shall require the City's approval and further agreement between the parties. The City shall pay the Vendor for extra service in accordance with the Vendor's then current services rates. As used herein, "Extra Service" means any work which is determined by City to be necessary for the proper completion of the Project, but which the Parties did not reasonably anticipate would be necessary at the execution of this Agreement or for which initial assumptions driving estimated efforts are no longer valid. 3. Payment of Compensation. The Vendor shall submit invoices to the City in accordance with the payments milestones specified in Schedule A. The City shall make payments to the Vendor thirty (30) days following the date of receipt of the invoice, unless the City disputes the amount of the compensation the Vendor claims it is owed under this Agreement. Any disputed amount shall be handled as discussed herein, Reimbursements. City shall reimburse the Vendor for its direct expenses, including, but not limited to, all reasonable travel and accommodation costs, meal expenses of not more than $55.00 per them for week days and $110.00 per them for weekend days (no receipts provided), including a travel time rate of $75.00 per hour, and all other reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of the Vendor's duties pursuant to the budget for "travel and expenses" described in Schedule "A" attached hereto. Reimbursement for expenses beyond the "travel and expenses" line item in Schedule "A" shall occur only if such additional expenses are agreed upon in writing by the Parties. Travel costs for 2 person trips and 13.25 days onsite are not to exceed $9,975 without prior written approval from the City. Mediation. The parties agree to submit any claim, controversy or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the relationship created by this Agreement to non-binding mediation before bringing a claim, controversy or dispute in a court or before any other tribunal. The mediation is to be conducted by either an individual mediator or a mediator appointed by mediation services mutually agreeable to the parties. The mediation shall take place at a time and location which is also mutually agreeable; provided; however, in no event shall the mediation occur later than ninety (90) days after either party notifies the other of its desire to have a dispute be placed before a mediator. Such mediator shall be knowledgeable in software system agreements. The costs and expenses of mediation, including compensation and expenses of the mediator (and except for the attorney's fees incurred by either party), is to be shared by the parties equally. If the parties are unable to resolve the claim, controversy or dispute within ninety (90) days after the date either party provides the other notice of mediation, then either party may bring and initiate a legal proceeding to resolve the claim, controversy or dispute unless the time period is extended by a written agreement of the parties. Page 16 SECTION V Remedies and Liability. The City and the Vendor recognize that circumstances may arise entitling the City to damages for breach or other fault on the part of the Vendor arising from this Agreement. The parties agree that in all such circumstances the City's remedies and the Vendor's liabilities will be limited as set forth below and that these provisions will survive notwithstanding the termination or other discharge of the obligations of the parties under this Agreement. (1) EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF (a) INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PEOPLE, REAL OR TANGIBLE PROPERTY OR (b) THE VENDOR'S INTENTIONAL MISREPRESENTATION, GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT, BOTH PARTIES AGREE THAT THE VENDOR'S LIABILITY (UNDER BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), IF ANY, FOR ANY DAMAGES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE SERVICE FEES PAID TO VENDOR BY CITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT (2) IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA OR LOSS OF PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF THE OCCURRENCE OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY. (3) CLAUSES (i) AND (ii) SHALL APPLY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION BY A PARTY IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION UNDERLYING SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BREACH OF CONTRACT, FUNDAMENTAL BREACH OR TORT. 2. Intent. The parties hereby confirm that the waivers and disclaimers of liability, releases from liability, limitations and apportionments of liability, and exclusive remedy provisions expressed throughout this Agreement shall apply even in the event of default, negligence (in whole or in part), strict liability or breach of contract of the person released or whose liability is waived, disclaimed, limited, apportioned or fixed by such remedy provision, and shall extend to such person's affiliates and to its shareholders, directors, officers, employees and affiliates. Remedies. Where remedies are expressly afforded by this Agreement, such remedies are intended by the parties to be the sole and exclusive remedies of the City for liabilities of the Vendor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, notwithstanding any remedy otherwise available at law or in equity. SECTION VI EXPIRATIOON AND TERMINATION 1. Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an "Event of Default": A. The Vendor shall fail to observe, perform or comply with any material term, covenant, agreement or condition of this Agreement which is to be observed, performed or complied with by the Vendor, if such failure continues uncured for thirty (30) calendar days after the City gives the Vendor written notice of the failure and the specific nature of such failure. Page 17 B. The Vendor shall commit any fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, willful misconduct, or intentional breach of any material provision of this Agreement. C. The Vendor is adjudged bankrupt, makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or a receiver is appointed on account of the Vendor's insolvency. D. The Vendor undergoes a change in control which adversely effects the Vendor's ability to satisfy some or all of its obligations under the Agreement in the discretion of the City (except that no internal re -organization of the Vendor with an affiliated company shall be deemed a change in control); E. If the Vendor assigns this Agreement without consent of the City (except that this subsection shall not apply to an assignment by the Vendor to an affiliated company where the affiliated company assumes all of the rights and obligations under the terms of this Agreement). 2. Termination Upon Event of Default. In addition to any other available legal or equitable rights or remedies, upon an Event of Default by the Vendor, the City shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Vendor. 3. Termination and Renewal by Operation of Law. If the term of this Agreement extends across multiple calendar years, this Agreement, as required by O.C.G.A. § 36-60-13, shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of City on December 31 each year of the term, and this Agreement shall automatically and immediately renew the next day of the term on January 1, absent City's provision of written notice of non -renewal to Consultant at least ninety (90) days prior to January 1. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment, or other personal property, to the extent any transfers under this Agreement, shall remain in vendor until fully paid for by City. 4. Expiration. Unless extended as provided for herein, this Agreement shall naturally expire on receipt of the Completion Statement from the City. The expiration of this Agreement under this term shall neither affect nor require the termination of the License and Support Agreement. Payment Upon Termination. Upon a termination of this Agreement, the City shall pay to the Vendor the part of the Compensation which would otherwise be payable to the Vendor with respect to the Services which had been adequately completed as of the date of termination, less the amount of all previous payments with respect to the Compensation and any reasonable estimate of damages (if terminated for Default). 6. Termination by Vendor. Vendor may terminate this Agreement only upon the breach by the City of a material provision of this Agreement such as the City withholding payment for more than 30 days after receipt of written notice of failure to pay by the due date. Page 18 Nondiscrimination by the Vendor. The Vendor represents and agrees that the Vendor, its affiliates, subsidiaries, or holding companies do not and will not discriminate against any subcontractor, Vendor, employee, or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, creed, sex, handicap, national origin or any other protected classification under US federal or state law. Such nondiscrimination shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, transfers, recruitment, recruitment advertising, layoff, termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship. 2. Rights to Em Iooy Other Vendors. The City reserves the right to employ other Vendors in connection with this Project. 3. Conflicts of Interest: Prohibited Interests. A. Vendor maintains and warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Vendor, to solicit or secure this Agreement. Further, Vendor warrants that it has not paid or agreed to pay any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Vendor, any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, gift or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Agreement. For breach or violation of this warranty, City shall have the right to rescind this Agreement without liability. For the term of this Agreement, no member, officer or employee of City, during the term of his or her service with City, shall have any direct interest in this Agreement, or obtain any present or anticipated material benefit arising therefrom. B. Vendor agrees that it shall not engage in any activity or conduct that would result in a violation of the City of Milton Code of Ethics or any other similar law or regulation. Vendor certifies that to the best of its knowledge no circumstances exist which will cause a conflict of interest in performing the Work. Should Vendor become aware of any circumstances that may cause a conflict of interest during the Term of this Agreement, Vendor shall immediately notify City. If City determines that a conflict of interest exists, City may require that Vendor take action to remedy the conflict of interest or terminate the Agreement without liability. City shall have the right to recover any fees paid for services rendered by Vendor when such services were performed while a conflict of interest existed if Vendor had knowledge of the conflict of interest and did not notify City within five (5) business days of becoming aware of the existence of the conflict of interest. C. Vendor and City acknowledge that it is prohibited for any person to offer, give, or agree to give any City employee or official, or for any City employee or official to solicit, demand, accept, or agree to accept from another person, a gratuity of more than nominal value or rebate or an offer of employment in connection with any decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, or preparation of any part of a program requirement or a purchase request, influencing the content of any specification or procurement standard, rendering of advice, investigation, auditing, or in any other advisory capacity in any proceeding or application, request for ruling, determination, claim or controversy, or other particular matter, pertaining to any program requirement or a contract or subcontract, or to any solicitation or proposal therefor. Vendor and City further acknowledge that it is prohibited for any payment, gratuity, or offer of employment to be made by or on behalf of a sub -consultant under a contract to the prime Vendor or higher tier sub -consultant, or any person associated therewith, as an inducement for the award of a subcontract or order. 4. Subcontractina. The Vendor shall not subcontract any portion of the Services except as expressly stated herein, without prior written consent of the City. Subcontracts, if any, shall contain a provision making them subject to all provisions stipulated in this Agreement. Page 19 Waiver. No waiver of any default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or default, whether of the same or any other covenant or condition. No waiver, benefit, privilege, or service voluntarily given or performed by other parties shall give the other any contractual right by custom, estoppel, or otherwise. Notices. All notices required hereunder shall be given in writing to the following addresses or such other addresses as the parties may designate by written notice: To the City: City of Milton, GA 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA 3004 Attention: City Manager To the Vendor: CityView Suite 1202, 4464 Markham Street Victoria, BC V8Z 7X8 Attention: Sean Higgins, Executive Vice President Notice shall be deemed received as follows, depending upon the method of transmittal: by facsimile, as of the date and time sent; by messenger, as of the date delivered; and by US Postal Service, certified, return receipt requested, as of five (5) days after deposit in the US Postal Service Mail. Actual notice shall be deemed adequate notice on the date actual notice occurred, regardless of the method of service. Authority to Enter Agreement. Each Party has all requisite power and authority to conduct its business and to execute, deliver and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement. Each Party warrants that the individuals who have signed this Agreement have the legal power, right and authority to enter into this Agreement so as to bind each respective Party to perform the conditions contemplated herein. Severability. If any portion of this Agreement is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. Governing Law and Venue. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the state of Georgia without regard to choice of law principles. Any lawsuit arising out of this Agreement shall be brought in the appropriate federal court serving Fulton County, Georgia. To the extent, if any, allowed by law, the Parties hereby waive the right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim filed by any party. This Agreement expressly excludes any applicable Uniform Commercial Code and the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods and any legislation implementing such Convention, if otherwise applicable_ 10. Days. Any term in this Agreement referencing time, days, or period for performance shall be deemed to be calendar days and not work days. 11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the City and the Vendor, and supersedes any prior or contemporaneous written statements or agreements between the City and the Vendor. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both Parties. Provisions of a City purchase order or similar document are not applicable to the extent that they conflict with the terms of this Agreement. Under no circumstances shall the provisions of a purchase order supersede those of this Agreement. For further clarification, the parties agree that the Software License and Support Agreement being entered into between the parties concurrently with this Agreement is a separate agreement and is binding in its own right and upon its own terms. 12. Binding on Assigns. Each and all of the covenants and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to, the benefit of the successors and assigns of the respective parties. 13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and which collectively shall constitute one instrument. Page 110 14. Captions. The captions of the various articles and paragraphs are for convenience and ease of reference only, and do not define, limit, augment or describe the scope, content or intent of this Agreement. 15. Construction. Since the Parties or their agents have participated fully in the preparation of this Agreement, the language in all parts of this Agreement shall be construed simply, according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. 16. Cooperation/Further Acts. The Parties shall fully cooperate with one another in attaining the purposes of this Agreement. In connection therewith, to the extent allowed by law, the Parties shall take any additional further acts and steps and sign any additional documents as may be necessary, appropriate and convenient to attain the purposes of this Agreement. 17. No Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no intended third party beneficiaries of any right or obligation assumed by the Parties. 18. Inc_o_rporation of Recitals, Schedules and Exhibits. A. The "Recitals" constitute a material part hereof, and are hereby incorporated into the Agreement by reference as though fully set forth herein. B. The "Schedules" and "Exhibits" constitute a material part hereof, and are hereby incorporated into the Agreement by reference as though fully set forth herein. 19. Allocation of Risk. City acknowledges that the limited warranties, disclaimers and limitations of liability contained in this Agreement are fundamental elements of the basis of bargain between City and Vendor and set forth an allocation of risk reflected in the fees and payments due hereunder. 20. Sovereign Immunity; Ratification. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of City's sovereign immunity or any individual's qualified, good faith or official immunities. Ratification of this Agreement by a majority of the Mayor and City Council shall authorize the Mayor to execute this Agreement on behalf of City. 21. No Personal Liability. Nothing herein shall be construed as creating any individual or personal liability on the part of any of City's elected or appointed officials, officers, boards, commissions, employees, representatives, consultants, servants, agents, attorneys or volunteers. No such individual shall be personally liable to Vendor or any successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by City or for any amount which may become due to Vendor or its successor or on any obligation under the terms of this Agreement. Likewise, Vendor's performance of services under this Agreement shall not subject Vendor's individual employees, officers, or directors to any personal contractual liability. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Parties have executed this Agreement to be effective on the Effective Date by their duly authorized representatives. FOR CITY: By: Date: Attest: Joe Lockwood, Mayor City Clerk VENDOR: 0 Digitally signed by Sean Higgins Date: 2019.01.31 12:49:48-08'00' Name and Title: Sean Higgins, Executive Vice President Date: 2019.02.01 Attest: 12:33:22-08'00' Vice President, Business Operations Page 111 Date: Approved as to form: City Attorney Page 112 Schedule "A" — Payment Milestones and Project Deliverables Schedule "B" — CityView Software License and Support Agreement Schedule "C" — CityView Service Level Agreement Schedule "D" — Statement of Work Schedule "E" — Contractor Affidavit and Agreement Page 113 Schedule "A" — Payment Milestones and Project Deliverables Software Licensing Deliverables Payment Milestone Payment Terms Software Licenses Include: POWWOW Milestone Payment Terms 15 CityView Workspace Licenses - Full Provides: 1 CityView Server • All major and minor software upgrades 1 CityView Esri ArcGIS Mapping Extension Annual Software Maintenance (year 1 and subject to annual revision) ' Unlimited technical support; • Unlimited access to the CityView FTP site • Unlimited access to the CityView Connect $26,796 1 CityView Portal (licensed for Property • Support for Esri integration, Bluebeam Information, Permits & Inspections and integration and batch export to InCode GL Planning) Bluebeam Revu Annual Software Maintenance (year 1 and subject to annual revision) First line of support for Bluebeam Revu $1,010 CityView Mobile Licensed for 8 users Bluebeam Studio Prime Subscription (year 1 and subject to annual revision) First line of support for Bluebeam Studio Prime Level 1 $2,340 (Permitting) CityView will: 8 Named User Bluebeam Revu Licenses (Std) • Set up as a client on FTP & CityView Connect 2 Named User Bluebeam Reuv Licenses • Provide documentation to download the latest (eXtreme) version of CityView off the FTP & CityView 1 CityView Supported EDMS Integration Connect site Invoiced on execution Extension • Send the licensing key for CityView Licenses $118,790 tr of the contract and 1 CityView MS Outlook Add-in • Provide documentation to download the due net days 1 CityView MS Word Add-in Solutions from the FTP & CityView Connect site 1 CityView (preferred] Payment Processor • Provide documentation to download the Extension Bluebeam Software from Bluebeam site 1 CityView Configuration Console Solutions: CityView Property Information CityView Permits & Inspections CityView Planning CityView Cashiering CityView Electronic Plans Review Total Licensing $118,790 Annual amounts for Mandatory Annual Software Maintenance years 2-5 Year 2 1 Year 3 1 Year 4 11Year 5 $31,352 $32,606 POWWOW Milestone Payment Terms Provides: • All major and minor software upgrades Annual Software Maintenance (year 1 and subject to annual revision) ' Unlimited technical support; • Unlimited access to the CityView FTP site • Unlimited access to the CityView Connect $26,796 Due upon Initial Installation • Support for Esri integration, Bluebeam integration and batch export to InCode GL Bluebeam Revu Annual Software Maintenance (year 1 and subject to annual revision) First line of support for Bluebeam Revu $1,010 Invoiced on execution of contract and due net 30 days Bluebeam Studio Prime Subscription (year 1 and subject to annual revision) First line of support for Bluebeam Studio Prime Level 1 $2,340 Invoiced on execution of contract and due net 30 days Annual amounts for Mandatory Annual Software Maintenance years 2-5 Year 2 1 Year 3 1 Year 4 11Year 5 $31,352 $32,606 1 $33,910 1 $35,267 Page 114 Solution Implementation Deliverables Payment Milestone Payment Terms Remote review of client's hardware & software infrastructure. Provide questionnaire to customer Remote Infrastructure Review for completion. Study of hardware and software $1,320 Invoiced on delivery of infrastructure report, infrastructure in context of optimization for CityView. Provision of hardware and software due net 30 days infrastructure report. Project kick-off and confirmation of project plan. CityView Select configuration review sessions, with up to 6 Subject Matter Experts/session. Delivery of Workbook. Collection of Workbook Invoiced upon delivery Project Kickoff, Workbook Sessions, Data data for Property Information, Permits & of data collection Collection (remote components) Inspections, Planning, and Cashiering. Deliverable $7 920 workbook to the is the Scope Document with completed workbook, customer &due net 30 comprising data lookup spreadsheets, workflow days Activities metadata, business rules narrative where applicable, customizations. Initial Installation of CityView environments (production & test) on client site. Test to ensure proper operation. May require on site setup Due upon completion Installation(remote)and Environment Managementdetermined at Kickoff Meeting. Management of $3,960 of the remote Initial environment through upgrades etc through the life Installation of the implementation. Includes up to 3 installs. Deliverable is successful set up of CityView in Production and Test environments on client site. Provide customer with data mapping templates Invoiced upon Data Mapping/Interfaces (can include onsite & and instructions for completion. Validate data commencement of remote components) conversion and interface requirements and cost. $7,920 data mapping and due Deliverable is signed -off data mapping and net 30 days interface documentation. 50% invoiced upon commencement of the configuration and due Configuration based on completed Scope net 30 days; and, Configuration Document and workbooks. Deliverable is $29,535 50% invoiced upon CityView-hosted development environment ready scheduling of the first for review & validation & configuration refinement. review & validation session and due on or before the first review & validation session. Invoiced upon Data Conversion (estimate to be confirmed upon Initial Data Conversion. Deliverable is CityView- scheduling of the first review & validation review of the data required for conversion) hosted development environment ready for data $17,160 session and due on or conversion validation testing. before the first review & validation session Create any customizations and interfaces agreed to in the scope and provide reference documentation for client. Currently this includes Due upon Customizations and Integrations batch export to InCode GIL. Deliverable is $10,313 commencement of CityView-hosted development environment ready customizations and for remote review & validation session of integrations customizations and interfaces. Page 115 Page 116 Perform remote review sessions, focusing on configuration and workflow, data conversion, customizations and interfaces (where applicable). 50% invoiced on the If it is determined that additional reviews are first remote review required outside what is stated in the Statement of session and due net Remote Review Sessions for Validation and Work, an estimate will be provided. 30 days; Refinement Gather validation feedback. Identify in -scope vs. $16,500 50% invoiced upon out of scope feedback. Implement any in -scope completion of in -scope refinements arising out of the validation. validation refinements Complete in -scope refinements arising from two and due net 30 days. week final client -acceptance testing. Deliverable is final, end -user -training -ready environment. Written acceptance by client is required. 7.25 days end-user training for: • CityView Basics (up to 20 students) • Permits & Inspections (up to 10 students) • Planning (up to 10 students) • Cashiering (up to 10 students) • Bluebeam (up to 10 students, remote) Invoiced upon the first Training (onsite unless otherwise specified) • CityView Mobile (up to 8 students) $22,028 day of user training • CityView Portal (up to 4 students, remote) and due net 30 days 5 days advanced -user training for: • CityView Reporter (up to 4 students) • Configuration & Maintenance (up to 6 students) • System Administrator (up to 4 students, remote) Final data update/conversion to get current data into client database for go -live. Must be the same Invoiced on the first Data Update / Install (Remote) scripts used in initial data conversion. Data must $1,320 day of Go Live be verified by both CityView and Client before go- Facilitation and due live. Sign off required. net 30 days. Deliverable is final data conversion for Go -live. Invoiced on the first Onsite Go Live Facilitation 3 days of on site facilitation to provide over -the- $5,981 day of Go Live shoulder guidance and training to users Facilitation and due net 30 days. Ongoing management of all implementation services. Based on 137 hours of Project 50% due upon Project Management Management, should delays by the customer $18,975 commencement of data collection, 50% occur and require additional project management, balance due upon time may be billed at $165/hr. upon authorization by the customer. scheduling of go -live. Budget for travel and expenses for services to be conducted on site customer (budget assumes 2 person trips and 13.25 days spent on site). If Travel & Expenses additional travel is mutually agreed to be $9,975 Invoiced and due as warranted, this will be charged at cost of flights, incurred accommodation and expenses plus $55/weekday ($110/weekend day) per diems & $75/h travel time. Total Services 1 $152,907 Page 116 Schedule "B" — CityView Software License and Support Agreement (under separate cover) Page 117 Schedule "C" — CityView Service bevel Agreement (under separate cover) Page 118 Schedule "D" — Statement of Work Page 119 T,Table of Contents iTab|eofCnntents--------------------. U.Background & Objectives ..................... ........................... UiScope ............................. .............. ................................. IV. Work Approach ......................................... ................... K(1Training plan ........................ .................................... K(2 Matrix of Responsibilities and Work Products ............ IV.3Documentation ......................................................... \( Post Implementation Support .... ..................................... VI. Technical Environment .................... ............................... VII. Roles & Responsibilities .................................................. VIII. Schedule. IX Project Acceptance ........................ ................................ >( Change Order Management— ......................... ............. XI. Issues & Problem Resolution ......................... —........... >0]Escalation Process: .................................................... XII. MathxofRequirements ....... ..................................... —� Page 120 Offiew II. Background & Objectives II. Background & Objectives The City of Milton, Georgia is a thriving community located in Fulton County approximately 30 miles north of downtown Atlanta. With a population of over 37,000, Milton is an integral part of the Atlanta metropolitan area. Since the City's incorporation in 2006, growing populations, tightening budgets, and increasing regulatory standards have resulted in the need for a more efficient method of tracking, managing, reporting, recording, sharing, and archiving permits and related data. The purpose of this project is to achieve these improvements. The objectives of this project are to license and implement CityView software in order to: 1. Eliminate the need for manual interfaces and duplicate data entry. 2. Provide a robust and flexible portal and mobile solution to improve customer service through online services. 3. Provide easier access to accurate data and reporting for management. 4. Improve the time it takes for new employees to be productive by providing an easy to use and understand solution. Standardize business processes, rules, fees and document outputs to save time, improve service and facilitate easier training of new employees. 5. Eliminate many of the work -around processes, staff currently use to access information and improve service offerings of the City's business. 6. Improve communication and information flow among departments. 7. Build the structure for future upgrades and improvements so that product enhancements can be enjoyed by end-users to improve productivity and service delivery. CityView is selected to help the City meet the project objectives. The following statement of work describes the activities that will be undertaken in the implementation of CityView at the City of Milton. Page 121 Citffiew III. Scope The Project scope: III. Scope 1. Install CityView Property Information, Permits and Inspections, Planning, and Cashiering as well as CityView Portal (licensed for Property Information, Permits & Inspections and Planning), CityView Mobile (for Permits & Inspections) and CityView Electronic Plans Review (which includes licensing Bluebeam Revu (Standard and eXtreme)). 2. Install CityView integrated extensions including CityView Esri ArcGIS Server mapping extension, CityView Supported (Laserfiche) EDMS Extension, CityView MS Word Add-in, CityView Outlook Add- in, and CityView Configuration Console, Collect City -specific data through a series of remote process mapping sessions for lookup table values, fees, letters, workflow -specific values (assigned to, required dates, responsible departments, resource groups, email triggers), reviews, inspections, submittal requirements, expiration dates and processes, and other related values for Permits & Inspections, and Planning. This data will be collected, providing the CityView Project Team relevant documentation, such as fee schedules and letter templates, and by City's completion of the CityView workbook for each specific CityView solution. 4. Provide a hardware and software infrastructure questionnaire for completion by City. Review questionnaire response and provide Infrastructure Assessment Report on any possible deficiencies in hardware and/or software infrastructure as far as suitability for optimal running of CityView is concerned. 5. Configure CityView Property Information, Permits & Inspections, Planning, Cashiering, Portal, Mobile, and Electronic Plans Review using the data collected in CityView's web -based configuration workbook as well as other digital materials provided by CityView. This will include the following: a. Lookup table data. b. Custom data fields for specific data capture requirements. c. One-time configuration of fees specific to the permits and planning projects being tracked through the system, and the configuration of impact fee calculations and tracking. d. Refinements to the CityView Select workflows, including the assigned to, required dates, email notifications, responsible departments and resource groups. This task also includes connection or disconnection of sub -workflows based on City's requirements. e. Adjustment of the existing CityView scheduled processes for license renewals and permit expirations. These include; Permit Expiration: Set Permit Status to Expired, Permit Application Check Invalid Licenses, Permit Expiration: Add Generate Expiration Warning Notice Activity, Permit Expiration: Add Generate Expiration Notice Activity, and Permit Expiration: Add Progress Inspection Activity f. Configuration of up to fifteen (15) letter templates for Permits & Inspections, twenty-five (25) letter templates for Planning, and two (2) letter templates for Cashiering (42 total letters). g. Additional configuration (workflows, letters, etc.) as required or desired by City and mutually agreed to through written change order. Page 122 III. Scope 6. Capture City's relevant property electronic data as defined in the following table to configure the property integration. Costs are estimates to be confirmed upon review of the data. Type of Electronic Requested Conversion Item Source Information Outstanding Fees Project Applications Property, owner and address Transactions Audit GIS data Payment Detail (By Report No other data sources are assumed to be involved. 7. Configure the interface to the City's Laserfiche Electronic Document Management System, B. Develop property integration with the City's central parcel data using CityView's property integration tool. 9. Set up the export for exporting cash receipting information to City's General Ledger system (Tyler Munis) from CityView Cashiering. (Data Flow item #1 of Interfaces worksheet) lo. Create the following additional interfaces from CityView to: a. Batch export to Tyler InCode's GL 1. Implement user security settings according to customer completion of organizational role spreadsheets defining the out the box organizational roles inherent in the solutions. 12. Deliver pre -configured reports for Permits and Inspections, Planning, and Cashiering including the following reports: Permits & Inspections Planning Cashiering Other Outstanding Fees Project Applications Payment Detail Transactions Audit Fee Paid in Full Planner Projects Payment Detail (By Report Inspection Outcome Outstanding Plan Reviews Cashier) Distribution List Inspection Schedule Project Fees Daily Cash Out (By Report Inspections by Inspector Expired Projects Revenue Account Average Daily Inspections Planning Activities Number) Inspections To Do Plan Review Time Daily Cash Out (By Permit Status Summary (By Scheduled Hearings Payment Type) Status) Planning Turnaround Daily Cash Out (By Permit Status Summary (By Project Locator Payment Type) With Type) Planning Turn -Around Fee Types Permit Status Summary (By Deposits and Bonds Daily Cash Out (By Contractor) Summary Fee Type) Permit Value Escrow (By Revenue Daily Cash Out (By Permit Turn -Around Account #) Receipt) Deposits and Bonds Project Locator Reversals Summary Mailing Labels Daily Cash Out for Escrow (By Revenue Account Development Review Cashier (By Payment #) Status (with maps) Type) Permit Locator Land Developer Review Fee Maintenance Permit Turn -Around Detail Log General Cashiering Report Monthly Project Status Report Permit Time Spent Report (sorted by Project Payment Detail By Application Review Tickler Number) Transaction Building & Safety Revenue Monthly Project Status Report Report (sorted by Date Certificate of Occupancy Entered) Page 123 III. Scope Listing Project Expirations Public Works Permit Status Submittals Report (Sorted Summary by Planner) Review — Decision Date I. Remotely complete the Initial Installation of CityView environments (production & test) on client's network site. Test to ensure proper operation. CityView will manage the CityView installation through upgrades etc., throughout the life of the implementation. Includes up to 3 installs. 2. Conduct three (3) remote validation and review sessions for each of Permits and Inspections and Planning with the appropriate subject matter experts ("SMEs"). Additional corrections and modifications will be captured and corrected from each session. 3. Conduct seven and one-quarter (7.25) days of user training consisting of (6) days onsite and (1) day remote user training. 4. Conduct five (5) days of advanced user training (onsite and remote) to include configuration (3 days onsite), reporter (1 day onsite), and system administrator training (1 day remote). s. Conduct three (3) days of onsite Go -Live Facilitation to ensure comfort with the new system. 6. Ongoing support and maintenance of the software under the CityView Software License and Support Agreement. Exclusions: 1. Provision of hardware, databases and third party software. 2. Setup and support of network infrastructure supporting CityView. 3. Letters over and above the forty-two (42) included in the budget, unless agreed to through change order. 4. Customizations and interfaces other than those specified above or agreed to through change order. Should any 3`° party interfaces/integrations require licensing or services costs from the 3`d party, such costs are the responsibility of the City. 5. Custom workflows other than those specified above, unless agreed to through change order. CityView workflows are delivered and tailored during the implementation, with sub -workflows connected or disconnected as described in the Inclusions. 6. Additional Batch/Scheduled processes other than those specified above or agreed to through change order. 7. Reports other than those delivered as part of the products (described above) or specified in the customizations section above, unless agreed to through change order. s. Non-standard configuration — standard configuration would be what is provided in the "Inclusions" above and what comes preconfigured in the system. Examples of non-standard configuration would include: modifying record -level security from what is pre -defined; defining organizational role security criteria other than those defined in the out of the box organizational roles (e.g. read-only access to some sheets, read-write to others); creating batch processes other than those defined in the product for permit expirations and license renewals; creating business rules defining specific outcomes that are tied to specific users of the system only (e.g. message box reminding of a process that needs to be followed but where that message box is only invoked where a specific users is Page 124 cityView III. Scope logged into the system). While these are not included in the Project's scope, the configuration tools are provided for City to undergo such configuration itself. Page 125 IV. Work Approach IV. Work Approach The implementation will involve five steps: Project Planning, Scheduling and Process Mapping; Configuration; Review and Validation; User Acceptance Testing; End User Training and Go -live Support. City sign off is required before initiating a new step. This provides key milestones in the Project to review progress, confirm objectives, and detail the activities and timelines for the next step. Sign off involves acceptance that all pertinent deliverables have been made and confirmation of the budget and timeline for the next step. Step 1: Project Planning, Scheduling and Process Mapping Project Kickoff -------------------------------------------------------------------- The CityView Project Manager will review all documentation with respect to the implementation in order to prepare the materials for the Project kickoff and conduct the official project kick-off. CityView will prepare the Project Plan which will include but not be limited to the Implementation Plan and Communication Management Plan. Remote Infrastructure Review -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CityView will analyze City's existing infrastructure to identify any potential areas that may result in sub- optimal performance. CityView's Infrastructure Review Specialist will verify remote accessibility, available bandwidth and techstack compatibility and advise City's network specialists of the hardware and software prerequisites required to optimize the performance of City's system. CityView will conduct this review remotely, off-site. Should CityView Workspace be required at remote City facilities (offsite facilities, not directly connected to LAN, i.e. where performance could be an issue), CityView latency\load testing will need to be done to check performance of CityView at these remote sites. Initial Installation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CityView will conduct a trial installation for the purposes of testing the network infrastructure for use of CityView, to provide training for the network administrators on its installation, and to provide an environment for testing integrations dependent on the City's other systems. The development environment hosted by CityView, however, will still be the principal environment for configuration, validation and refinement. Product Walkthroughsprocess mapping________________________________________________ Product Wallet ro CityView will provide the City with a process mapping workbook, as well as guidelines on how to complete the document. This is accompanied by walkthroughs/demonstrations of the pertinent CityView products to provide the City's SMEs with an understanding of the workings of each of the products and their data requirements for configuration. The walkthroughs ensure City's users: i. Learn the basics of the activity -based workflows. 2. Learn how to complete the online workbooks and/or other digital materials provided by CityView. 3. Learn how to provide the data for City's fees, letters, lookup tables, and scheduled processes named above. a. Understand the data mapping process. 5. Remote Process mapping sessions are also conducted and designed to impart the skills City's SMEs require to complete their process mapping assignments. Users are provided with an in depth Page 126 IV. Work Approach knowledge of CityView table structures and the formats required to streamline the process mapping. Each session will be from two (2) to four (4) hours, depending on the product. Sessions will be held for each of CityView Permits and Inspections (two (2) sessions), and Planning. This stage is also used to better understand the customization requirements. The main deliverable at the end of the Process Mapping step is the "Scope Document." The Scope Document will reference, where applicable, documentation that needs to be included in the implementation, such as RFP functional requirements, the answer sheet from the online process mapping workbooks, other digital materials that were provided by CityView and completed by City, data mapping documents, and interface/customization design documents. Budget Validation Once all of the data is collected from City, the CityView Project Manager (the "CityView PM") will review requirements in accordance with this Statement of Work and the other Contractual Services Agreement documents to identify anything that is not accounted for in the scope. The CityView PM will also validate any estimates made as part of this proposal, including: i. Property Integration requirements. 2. List of customizations and interfaces If budget validation reveals that any estimates provided were insufficient, the CityView PM will inform City of such and prepare appropriate change order requests. The next steps will not commence until sign off on budget validation and process mapping occurs. This protects both parties against the risk of unclear expectations. CityView further specifically agrees that data conversion for the City will be provided for a price not to exceed $22,100.00, (based on the sample data provided) and CityView will not seek a budget amendment to increase the price of data conversion except in response to information not reasonably available to CityView as of the effective date of this Agreement. Step 2: Configuration Propertylntegration --------------------------------------------------------------- Configure the property integration with the City's authoritative parcel source ie. GIS. Confi uration CityView will configure the CityView products based on industry best practices and with the data collected and signed off from Step 1: Process Mapping. CityView will create a single development environment and the Implementation Specialist will lead the configuration of that environment. This will involve the following components: 1. Letter Template Development — CityView's letter generator will be used to create up to 42 letter templates according to electronic samples provided by City with data merge tags defined. Letter samples must be provided in MS Word format. City is provided the letter generation tools for its SMEs to can create additional letters to meet additional or future requirements. 2. Fees, Valuation, Work Items - All the fees are configured in City's CityView environment. Fee configuration is a one-time load. Should the fee schedule provided to CityView be changed or updated prior to go live, and additional configuration is required, a change order will be required. 3. Activities Workflow —All the CityView Select workflows will be configured with City specific requirements for assigned to, required dates, email notifications, responsible departments and resource groups. In addition, existing sub -workflows may be removed, or added to the main Page 127 IV. Work Approach workflow, depending on City's specific processes. Should the required changes to the CityView Select workflows be significant and go beyond the refinement activities mentioned above, additional costs may apply through mutually agreed change order. 4. Custom data fields - Custom data fields to meet City's specific data capture needs will be defined for each pertinent table where they are required and configured accordingly, along with the business rules to apply these data fields where appropriate. 5. Lookups — All lookup data defined during Step 1 Process Mapping, is entered into the system. 6. Security — Users are assigned to the roles and given permissions that are pre -defined in the products, based on information collected during process mapping. Should additional user -level and record level security be required other than as defined in the solution's organizational roles, additional costs may apply. 7. Batch Rules and Scheduled Processes — the named CityView Select batch rules and scheduled processes will be refined according to the requirements for permit expiry and license renewal. Customizations -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Customizations, both those in the scope of work and any agreed to as a result of process mapping and change order will be undertaken at this point. Interfaces -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Interfaces, both those in the scope of work and any agreed to as a result of process mapping and change order will be undertaken at this point. quality Assurance LQAl CityView undertakes quality assurance activities throughout each of the above steps (Data Conversion, Configuration, Customization and Interfaces). All customizations and interfaces are tested by CityView's QA Team prior to the applicable software build being released to City. The quality of the configuration and data conversion are reviewed by a peer review committee which includes the CityView Project Team, members of CityView's research and development staff and management, and occasionally City's SMEs. Step 3: Review and Validation The CityView PM will work with the City to establish the Review and Validation Plan, i.e. to determine when certain review and validation sessions will be given and who should attend. Review and Validation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CityView will undertake a series of three (3) remote review and validation sessions with City's SMEs, for each of Permits and Inspections and Planning, to work through the validation of the configuration based on the process mapping materials and scope document. These sessions will be led by CityView implementation specialists. Eventually, the SME's will be expected to lead some sessions for each product. By the final session the City's SMEs will have reviewed and validated the bulk of the configured system and be able to: • Navigate the system through City -specific processes and workflow. • Generate and test fees. • View and validate look up tables. • Generate and test letters and documents that have been configured. • Use scenario -based examples to test and validate automated business rules Page 128 IV. Work Approach Review and Validation will be conducted against the development environment, hosted by CityView. During the Review and Validation sessions CityView will document any changes, corrections, or deficiencies for further action. A customer feedback mechanism is provided within the environment for immediate feedback and reporting of issues to our implementation specialists and developers as it is expected the City's SMEs will conduct additional reviews without the CityView Implementation Specialist present. In Scope Refinements -------------------------------------------------------------- In scope corrections from the process of Review and Validation will be conducted. If out of scope issues are raised through Validation, these will be handled through approved change orders. Step 4: User Acceptance Testing User Acceptance Testing On completion of the third Review and Validation session, City will have a period of two (2) weeks for final User Acceptance Testing on its own completely installed test system. The CityView Implementation Specialist will monitor City's feedback and continue to make any in scope corrections. Provided the acceptance criteria have been met, City is asked to formally accept the delivered solution for go -live. Step S; End User Training and Go -live Support Final Environment -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- After the final environment receives City sign off, CityView will perform a data conversion to establish an environment that can be used for training purposes. User Training _ ---------- -------------------------------------------------------------------- CityView conducts on-site training for all of the front line and advanced users identified in the training plan. Final Conversion Run -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Immediately prior to go -live, CityView will conduct the final data conversion for Go -Live. Go -live -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- During go -live, CityView will be onsite for three (3) days of onsite go -live facilitation where an implementation specialist will be available to help the users with questions as they arise, easing their concerns and complementing their training. It is recommended that the City consider having an additional CityView resource onsite to support the staff on CityView software during the first weeks after go -live. Budget for this is not included here. The CityView and City's project teams will discuss this to determine the City's needs prior to scope sign -off. During go -live facilitation the CityView Project Team will work with City to record any known issues. The CityView Project Team is responsible for the resolution of these known issues. Thirty (30) days after go—live, CityView will request a formal letter of acceptance (the Statement of Completion, pursuant to the Contractual Services Agreement) that substantiates the product has been delivered and is being used successfully in a live, production environment to accept permit, planning and license applications, generate fees, record fee payments and generate correspondence associated with all items previously listed. In the case of a partial go -live, a Statement of Completion will be requested for that part of the solution that has gone live. The Pre- and Post -Implementation Support Plan is comprised of a strategy for transitioning to Support and then the License and Support Agreement itself. During the first six (6) weeks after go -live, the CityView Project Team will begin to familiarize and transition the Project to CityView's Technical Support Group. At the end of six (6) weeks the CityView PM will arrange a formal hand-off involving City, the CityView PM and Page 129 Citffiew- IV, Work Approach the CityView Technical Support Team formalizing the transition of any new defects, bugs and support issues to the Technical Support Team. IV.1Training plan ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... The training program is designed to provide your end users with the ability to use CityView for their day to day activities and your Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) with the skills to maintain your solution. The table below details the training plan. Training Plan Course Objectives This course is designed to train the City's users on the business use in order to fulfill their daily work activities. The course provides specific instruction on how to navigate and complete tasks within CityView. It will cover tasks such as CityView End User completing an application, adding contacts, attaching files, tracking activities Training (onsite) and outcomes, applying and paying fees, producing correspondence, mapping basics, and running reports. Users are able to: 1. Understand the key concepts that make up the business process. 2. Be able to navigate and complete tasks relevant to day today activities. 3. Be able to walk through a business activity based workflow. Users: End Users Maximum#: Duration: 6 days* as defined 10/session below This course is focused on enabling users to configure, maintain and evolve their business process within the CityView solution. Concepts that will be covered include Letter Generation, Maintaining your Activity Based Workflow, Fee Maintenance, Holiday Configuration and Maintaining Lookup values. Users will Configuration & be able to: Maintenance Training 1. Create and modify Letters. (onsite) 2. Create and modify Fees. 3. Improve and evolve the Activity Workflow. 4. Keep your system current by updating Lookup tables and creating and maintaining custom attribute fields. CityView's fully integrated SSRS-based Desktop Reporter and Designer and CityView Reporter custom report designer provide all of the features that you would expect from Training other industry -standard reporting tools. In this course, students will learn about creating simple reports, including pivot reports, detailed reports, charts, graphs, filters, subsections, and aggregate fields. CityView System This course is designed to provide administrators responsible for managing Administrator CityView with the general knowledge of how to install and upgrade versions of Training (remote) CityView, change user rights and manage security. The advanced course will go into additional detail on the architecture of the CityView platform as well as how to maintain the CityView Portal. Page 130 CityView- IV. Work Approach Training is provided on City -provided hardware. * 6 days End user training divided as follows: CityView Basics Training z x 1/2 day sessions (1 day total) Permits and Inspections 1 x 1 1/2 day sessions (1 '/2 days total) Planning 1 x 1 Y2 day session (1 '/2 days total) Cashiering 1 x �/2 day session ('/z Day total) Electronic Plans Review 1 x 1 day session (1 day total) Page 131 Course participants will walk through typical system maintenance and troubleshooting examples, which will teach them the tools, techniques and terminology applicable to CityView, enabling them to not only support the business users in their organization but also to communicate more effectively with CityView's Technical Support team. They will be exposed to our best practices approach for Security Maintenance; and, they will learn the processes for installing and upgrading the CityView environments. Students will be instructed in the use of the appropriate aspects of CityView CityView Configuration Console, and they will gain an understanding of the architecture behind CityView. Additional topics that may be covered include: configuration of Microsoft Exchange, Web Server settings, LDAP settings, Mapping, and Document Management settings. Duration: 1 day Users: Advanced Maximum#: 4 CityView Mobile End This training will focus on the highly intuitive CityView Mobile. User Training (onsite) Duration: 0.25 days Users: TBD Maximum#: 10 CityView Portal This training will focus on the highly intuitive CityView citizen Portal, to provide Instructional Training a select group of City users with the knowledge of how to navigate Portal (remote) processes so that they can answer citizen questions on the use of Portal. Duration: 0.5 days Users: TBD Maximum#: 10 Bluebeam Markup This training will focus on basic use of Bluebeam markup tools. Training (remote) Duration: 0.5 days I Users: TBD Maximum#: 10 Three days of go -live facilitation where an implementation specialist will be Go -live Facilitation available to help the users with questions as they arise, easing their concerns Assistance (onsite) I and complementing their training (as described in the Work Approach above). Training is provided on City -provided hardware. * 6 days End user training divided as follows: CityView Basics Training z x 1/2 day sessions (1 day total) Permits and Inspections 1 x 1 1/2 day sessions (1 '/2 days total) Planning 1 x 1 Y2 day session (1 '/2 days total) Cashiering 1 x �/2 day session ('/z Day total) Electronic Plans Review 1 x 1 day session (1 day total) Page 131 City%ew- IV, Work Approach IV.2 Matrix of Responsibilities and Work Products ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... The following table provides a summary of the Project. Responsibility and the lead for each step in the Project are defined and the deliverables received by City are presented. Step Responsibility Lead Deliverables Project Kickoff CityView CityView PM Hosted Development Environment, Project Plan CityView Infrastructure Review CityView Infrastructure Infrastructure Review Document Review Expert Initial InstallationShare CityView PM Client -site installed initial Environment Process Mapping, including data Mapping and Share CityView PM Signed -off Scope Document, customization/interfaces including Budget Validation analysis Configured Development Configuration CityView CityView PM Environment, ready for Validation & Refinement Configured Development Data Conversion CityView CityView PM Environment, ready for Validation & Refinement Customizations and Implemented functionality in Interfaces CityView CityView PM Hosted Development Environment, ready for Validation & Refinement Review and Validation Sessions Share CityView PM Completed Validation sessions Refinements based on Review and Validation CityView CityView PM Development Environment for sessions Final Acceptance Testing User acceptance of the fully User Acceptance Testing City City PM delivered system based on test scripts User Training (including advanced training) Share CityView Trainer Completed training Go -live Share CityView PM Live production environment Page 132 _§ry�ff vt IV.3 Documentation IV. Work Approach Documentation is available through CityView Connect, CityView's on-line content management system. This is the source for the most updated CityView information at any time. City can search for a particular topic or browse through the menu items. The Product Training Guides will step City through a full training session for a particular topic. CityView Connect is accessible directly and within the CityView modules. By clicking the Help button, direct access is provided to the content in CityView Connect. Documentation is targeted to three main groups: business users, system administrators and application developers. Documentation is provided at every level of training, focused on the enabling objectives of the training in question. CityView Connect is the main source of documentation for the City throughout implementation of the Project and beyond. With each CityView release, detailed release notes document the changes to the release both for new features, feature changes, and bug fixes. Any exceptions or changes for installation and upgrade are also noted. CityView offers the following documentation: • System technical documentation • System end user's documentation • On-line Help Desk documentation • System/Architecture diagrams • Scope Documentation including — signed -off process mapping materials Page 133 CityView V. Post Implementation Support Detailed in Schedule C, CityView Service Level Agreement. V. Post Implementation Support Page 134 Citffiew* VI. Technical Environment VII. Roles & Responsibilities The table below outlines the hardware and software requirements to operate CityView. This is followed by a diagram depicting a typical installation. Additional information is provided in the following pages regarding recommended servers, database sizing considerations, third party software, and compliancy tables. Hardware and Software Requirements CityView Browser Client Chrome Supported Browsers Edge IE 11 * Firefox CityView Servers Hardware Software Windows Server with minimum 4 cores recommended Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012 or higher 8 Gigabytes (GB) of RAM or higher recommended Microsoft .Net 4.6.1 framework is required for 1 gigabytes (GB) of available hard disk space Application, Management, and Web Servers Installation of CityView server components is not IIS: Internet Information Services 8 or greater is required supported on domain controllers for CityView Management and CityView Web Servers Map components: ArcGIS Server 9.3\9.3.1\10\10.1\10.2.2\10.3.1\10.4\10.5\ 10.6 supported ArcGIS Online supported Configuration Console Client Hardware Software Windows PC with 2GHz clock speed recommended Operating System: Microsoft Windows 10, 8.1 and 8 (32 2 gigabytes (GB) of RAM or higher recommended bit and 64 bit), 7 SP1 (32 bit and 64 bit), 400 megabytes (MB) of available hard disk space Microsoft .Net 4.6.1 framework must be installed Database Server Supported RDBIVIS Hardware Windows PC with 2GHz Xeon processor recommended Microsoft SQL Server 2012 and 2012 R2 Microsoft SQL Server 2014 8 GB of RAM Microsoft SQL Server 2016 2 GB to 5 GB hard drive space, dependent on database Microsoft SQL Server 2017 size. *About Internet Explorer - as of January 12, 2016, Microsoft only supports the most current version of Internet Explorer, therefore there may be some formatting issues. Page 135 VII. Roles & Responsibilities CityView Component Architecture 0 OCityView Management CityView Configuration Server, (IIS) OCityView Sql Server Database CityView Workspace Workspace Server (IIS) (browser) K_"') CityView ArcGIS Server CityView Mobile Mobile Server (IIS) /\ (browser) Microsoft Word Microsoft Outlook add-in 1 0 CityView Portal Server (IIS) CityView Public (browser) CityView Application Server ;ument Management 1 Other Services: - Active Directory -Exchange CityView Web Service Web Services API Clients (eg IVR) Server components can be combined onto hardware as necessary. Separate environments are recommended for: Production, Testing, Training. Page 136 Microsoft Word Microsoft Outlook add-in add-in CityView Application Server ;ument Management 1 Other Services: - Active Directory -Exchange CityView Web Service Web Services API Clients (eg IVR) Server components can be combined onto hardware as necessary. Separate environments are recommended for: Production, Testing, Training. Page 136 VII. Roles & Responsibilities Note: The CityView websites (Workspace, Portal and Mobile) require SSL for security. As such, you will need to provide a valid SSL certificate. The two available options are to purchase a signed certificate by a verified SSL Certificate provider. This is the preferred option. Alternatively, a self -signed SSL certificate can be created. The self -signed option requires manual creation of the certificate as well as manual installation of the certification on all client devices. Data Sizing Projections There are several services that are typical in our deployment strategy: SQL Server — can be scaled to include failover clusters. Typical day-to-day operation of CityView will not tax the server as most queries will pull less than 10 records per table at a time. This service works directly with Management Server, Application Server and Portal server processes. Typical permit applications require 1 MB of disk space. 2. CityView Management Server — this is a service that runs in IIS, typically processing login requests, and configuration settings for the software. The only time where the service impacts performance on a server is when a build of the application occurs, typically during maintenance periods. All services need to be able to communicate with this server. 3. CityView Workspace Server — this is a service that runs in IIS and provides the server side processing for the primary Workspace browser user interface most staff will use. This service needs sufficient hardware resources to handle the load. If performance is not ideal, it is certainly possible to have multiple servers deployed to handle load balance or latency concerns. 4. CityView Application Server — this service handles general server side application processing not handled by more specialized servers. This includes scheduled processes, letter generation and document access. 5. CityView Mobile Server — Mobile Server IIS service acts as a gateway to the software for field staff users, and directly queries SQL Server during operation. There is an extremely small footprint for the service, and small memory/CPU overhead. If performance is not ideal, it is certainly possible to have multiple mobile servers deployed to handle load balance or latency concerns. 6. CityView Portal Server — Portal Server IIS service acts as a gateway to the software for browser and mobile users, and directly queries SQL Server during operation. There is an extremely small footprint for the service, and small memory/CPU overhead. If performance is not ideal, it is certainly possible to have multiple portal servers deployed to handle load balance or latency concerns. Document Management/Content Management Server — often handled by third party services, e.g. SharePoint, Laserfiche, TRIM, etc. This can also be defined as a Windows file share (SMB) where we typically recommend 5MB of space per permit for file storage (PDF, DOC, JPG). Page 137 VII. Roles & Responsibilities Recommended Server Requirements The following provides the recommended Server Requirements. These server configurations have been developed to meet the performance requirements and provide a reasonable level of hardware fault tolerance and growth: Recommended Servers Recommended Database Server Configuration. Module Description Processor 2+ Ghz 2 Core processor (Intel Xeon or AMD Opteron) ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... Memory 32GB ................. -......................... .......................... .......................... ................................................ ........................................ _........................ ........... ............... ........................................................................... ......... .... ......... ................. ......... ................................................................. Storage RAID -5, 4 (3 + 1 Hot Spare) x 73GB 15K RPM Ultra 320 SCSI (or substitute SSDs for better performance) ................... ....................................................... .......................... ....................................................................................................................................... ...................................................... _.......................................................... .............................. .............................................. Network Adapter Gigabit Ethernet Adapter ............. .....__................. .............. ........................ ......... .................... ......._..................... -................. ................................. ............... .................................... ............................................ ................................ ........................................................................... ................................................ Power Supply Redundant Power Supplies ............................................................................................................................................... Operating System Windows 2012 Server or higher, Standard Edition Storage Configuration: Drives would be configured with three drives in a single RAID -5 set with the fourth drive as a hot spare. This will provide a total of 140Gb of storage which should be adequate. If additional storage is required, adding more drives is more cost effective than increasing the capacity of all drives. A multiple processor capable server is recommended to provide immediate scale -up potential. The CityView system can be scaled out with the addition of more servers and distributing the CityView components to dedicated servers. Page 138 CONA-111-MAN VII. Roles & Responsibilities Page 139 citly'view, VII. Roles & Responsibilities CityView Portal Server Configuration ........................ ....... .. ...... ... ...... Module Description Processor 2 Ghz Dual Core processor (Intel Xeon or AMD Opteron) Memory 8 GB Storage3 RAID -1, 2 x 80GB 7200 RPM SATA Network Adapter Gigabit Ethernet Adapter Power Supply Redundant Power Supplies ................................. ............................... _..... .............................................. ... _........................ _.................... _......... _................ _.................. _.......................................................................... _...................................... _ ............... ..... _.......... Operating System Windows 2012 Server or higher, Standard Edition Note this server will require firewall port availability, Port 80 TCP to CityView Management Server, and Port 1433 for communication to SQL Server. Module Description Processor 2 Ghz P4 (or equivalent Virtual Machine) Memory 8 GB .................. _... __........................ _............ _.................................. ........_...... _.... _....................................................................... _... _.... _.................... ....................... --- ..... .............. Storage3 80GB 7200 RPM SATA or ATA -133 Network Adapter Gigabit Ethernet Adapter ............................ _... _._......... .... _........._...... _._.... _._... _._.._...... _........ _...................................................... _........................................................................................ _........................................................... ........ _... _........ ........ ... ...... Operating System Windows 2012 Server or higher, Standard Edition CityView Mobile Configuration Mobile devices — this is a Web, browser -based interface that can be utilized by a very large array of devices. Please note that for tablets and smartphones, the browsers themselves can have different navigational methods of handling file attachments (Upload and download). Ideally, lower latency works best when handling upload/download of large file attachments with our product. 3G network connectivity is adequate however. Page 140 VII. Roles & Responsibilities Required 3rd Party Components Aside from Excel, all of the below come as part of CityView, or are downloadable (IIS). Alternate versions are not supported. ✓ Required Supported Page 141 CityView CityView CityView CityView CityView Portal, Web Product Configuration Management Application Mobile, Service Console Server Server and API Workspace Server Syncfusion Essential Studio for .Net 12 _ ............. ....._................................ Data ...... _............. _.................. _..... ................ _............ ........... _............................... ..... ..................... ... ................................................................. .......... _........................... _........ _............ ....... ___.............. ............. _....... ... Dynamics ✓ ✓ Active Repo rts._4. ..... ........... . ...... ... .................... _.................................... ..... __.............. _.._.... __...... ....—.............. ................. TxText........ ...._...._......... _......... ............... _............... ........I ............. _.......... ........................................... Control for ..................................._................................................_......._........_....._......................................_......._................_..................._..._............................_......................._......._..._..._......_............................................................._.......................... jQuery -/ ................................... Excel 2003, _...................................... .................................... ........ _.._............_.._....... _... _............... _... ........ ....... _..... _...................... ...._...._...... _....... .................. _....... _....... _........................ .... _.... _.._....... _............_............ ... 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016 (for exporting Grids, Activity . ............ ..... _....._... _................_.. _...__....................................... ........... .:.............. _....................... ................ _.... _............. _. ......... IIS ......................................... ....... _..... ... _..............._......................................... ............................ __...... .........__.. IIS 10 (Integrated x Mode) IIS 8.5 (Integrated V/ X Mode) IIS 8 (Integrated jc Mod IISprior .. .. ............................._.................._ X ...... ......_.............._........_............._._......._ ...... ................. _... X k version Page 141 City'View Supported techr ies v" IOffice 365 Exchange I/ E change 2016, 2013 Exchange 2010 Exchange 2007 (le.9 c.Y) = 11 / ePad USB Ni Roles &Responsibilities SharePoint 2016, 2013, 2010, SharePoint Online IE 11 Microsoft Edge v ArcGIS Enterprise v1 0.6, v1 0. 5 V HIP Trim v7.3 (CityView Desktop ndroid 2.3 or hi ovvs Other devices Firefox 52 or higher I v, Advanced Edition v10A ve Soap/XML Version 1.2 Laserf iche 9, 10 ce XP Web Services kit Chrome 57 or higher SharePoint 2016, 2013, 2010, SharePoint Online IE 11 Microsoft Edge v ArcGIS Enterprise v1 0.6, v1 0. 5 V HIP Trim v7.3 (CityView Desktop ArcGIS Server/Standard or Firefox 52 or higher I v, Advanced Edition v10A Laserf iche 9, 10 Chrome 57 or higher ArcGIS Server, Standard or Advanced Edition v10.2.2 Laserf iche WebAccess 9, 10 Prior versions, Other browsers ArcGIS Server, Standard or ArcGIS Server, Standard or Laserf iche Weblink 9, 10 Payment Processor Support Advanced Edition v1 0.0 with PaperVision (Versions 78 and 79) V invoice Cloud or Paymentus — ArcGIS Server Standard or PREFERRED Advanced Edition v9.3 (Ieqac eB Heartland ArcGIS Online ArcGIS Server prior versions Terminal Services Authorize.Net Microsoft Hyper -V dt, r" i * x*- 8" -0- , "a nd Above MSB Nexus V Microsoft Virtual 008 1 1/ Microsoft Outlook Add-in Support Active Class V M.R.Cxcalll Outlook 2016, 2013 BIS Online Revu eXtreme 17, 16, 15, 12, 1 V4 11 'Supported with Web Services API ?No^ tested 2 Supported with VVebD/VAPI Splanned " non'PC|[omp|iant *About Internet Explorer asufJanuary 12'ZO16'Microsoft only 'Required to Prepare and Flatten documents supports the most current version cfInternet Explorer, therefore there may besome formatting issues. 'Supported but not for Compare Operations \/7T Roles & Responsibilities Below is a description of the roles and responsibilities of each of the resources in the Project. Page 142 VII. Roles & Responsibilities Your CityView project team is comprised of: ➢ Executive Sponsor ➢ Project Manager, ➢ Implementation Specialist/Trainer, Infrastructure Analyst, ➢ Data Conversion/Interface Specialist, ➢ Application Development Team, ➢ Quality Assurance Team. Executive Sponsor The Executive Sponsor has the overriding responsibility for the outcome of the project in terms of project success and fiscal responsibility. The Executive Sponsor's responsibilities include: i. Monitor the progress of the project z. Empower the CityView Project Manager and the core project team to make decisions 3. Be the senior decision -maker for anything outside the authority of the Project Manager, as well as a senior executive and mediator for escalated issues 4. Support the Project Manager in accomplishing the implementation goals 5. Maintain an active relationship with the City. Project Manager He/she is involved in both the facilitation of the project as well as hands-on work in each project step to ensure that requirements are met and project deliverables are clearly defined. The responsibilities include: 1. Be the primary point of contact for the City's Project Manager z. Ensure successful delivery of CityView's tasks 3. Participate, where necessary, in gathering of the business process requirements 4. In coordination with the City's Project Manager, create the project schedule and keep this schedule up-to-date throughout the project 5. Coordinate the scheduling of tasks for the implementation according to the project schedule 6. Manage the CityView project resources 7. Provide brief bi-weekly status update to the City's Project Manager 8. In coordination with the City's Project Manager, co -conduct the project Kick-off meeting 9. Review and approve CityView's process mapping scope documents for Sign -off lo. Seek sign -off on all CityView deliverables and approval documents from the City's Project Manager 11. In coordination with the City's Project Manager, manage scope change control 12. Assist the City's Project Manager in defining the training and Go -Live plans 13. Support City in the Go -Live preparation steps 14. Hold review & status meetings with City's resources 15. Facilitate and provide timely resolutions to issues and concerns as it relates to CityView resources, project issues, etc. Page 143 VII. Roles & Responsibilities Infrastructure Analyst & Development Environment Manager The CityView infrastructure analyst (IA) works with the City to review the City's hardware and software infrastructure as it pertains to the optimum functioning and performance of CityView. Typically the IA is also our Manager of Support and as such carries responsibilities of managing the customer's hosted development environment, facilitating updates and installs and troubleshooting issues. Responsibilities include: 1. Prepare and distribute the Infrastructure Review Questionnaire to the City, for collection of appropriate information required to analyze hardware and software infrastructure i. Handle any questions and seek clarification on any items in ensuring the information received is complete, for the purpose intended 3. Assess the suitability of the infrastructure and deliver the Infrastructure Review report 4. Provide guidance on hardware sizing, third party software, Esri map development and configuration, installation guidelines s. Coordinate initiation of the City's hosted Development Environment and manage this throughout the project, including updates and merges 6. Together with the City's technical administrator, coordinate installs at the client site 7. Deliver the System Administrator Training Implementation Specialist/Trainer The Implementation Specialist/Trainer (IS) will work closely with the City through on-site visits, follow up calls, training, and demonstrations in order to define the scope of the configuration effort. The IS configures your CityView environment and prepares the environment for the onsite activities. Typically the IS's also deliver the end-user training and Go -live assistance. Responsibilities include: 1. Provide progress status to the CityView Project Manager i. Perform the process mapping and work with the City's Subject Matter Experts (SMEs) to understand and collect the business requirements 3. Work with the SMEs in designing the CityView Activities workflows 4. Provide best practices recommendation and solutions where applicable 5. Compile the process mapping documents for the scope document 6. Configure the Software based on the scope documents 7. Unit test the configuration s. Provide configured system to Application Developer Team Lead and QA Team lead for configuration review and testing 9. Provide validation and acceptance testing support lo. Work with the City's SMEs to log Validation feedback and correct misconfiguration items 11. Work closely with the CityView, Developers and QA Lead to answer any business related question that might arise Often the IS's are also the Trainers as they are qualified as such and they have the best understanding of the City's configured environment going into the training. Trainers have the following responsibilities: 1. Provide training to the different City groups as follows: i. Subject Matter Experts ii. Advanced Users iii. End Users Page 144 cityView VII. Roles & Responsibilities z. Provide electronic copies of training materials where applicable 3. Provide electronic copies of training sessions' agendas 4. Leverage adult learning methodology and teaching techniques while documenting and escalating any concerns to the implementation Project Managers Data Conversion & Interface Specialist/s Responsible for analysis, design and testing of the interfaces between CityView and any 3`d party applications or databases. Responsible for the data conversion tasks of Organization's data sources. List of responsibilities include: 1. Evaluate interfaces functionality requirements z. Provide recommendations on interfacing approaches 3. Identify Interfaces issues 4. Perform the analysis of the required interfaces 5. Evaluate a sample data structure provided by City to which CityView must create an interface 6. Create the design documentation of the required interfaces 7. Manage interfaces' design documents and revise according to City's review and comments s. Forward the interfaces' design documents to the CityView Project Manager for review and approval 9. Unit test the interfaces to ensure they meet the specifications outlined in the design documentation to. Work closely with the CityView Developers to answer any technical related question that might arise 11. Provide training support to the City's Technical Experts regarding the interfaces 12. Evaluate sample data structure from which CityView will be converting electronic data 13. Provide data conversion analysis with the City's Data Conversion Expert 14. Provide recommendations on data conversion approaches 15. Provide data conversion mapping review and assistance 16. Identify conversion issues 17. Develop data conversion scripts according to the final mapping documents ta. Perform the preliminary cut data conversion 19. Unit testing the preliminary cut data conversion zo. Modify data conversion scripts based on test results if necessary 21. Perform any other agreed on intermediary cuts of data conversion zz. Setup the production ready cut and briefly unit test the production ready cut data conversion 23. Provide assistance to the City's Data Conversion Expert in loading the preliminary cut of the converted data and test it 24. Communicate directly with the City's Data Conversion Expert on any data conversion related issue / question Application Development Team Reporting to the CityView Project Manager, the Developers will be responsible for the development of any assigned custom reports or customization requirements. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the Developers: Page 145 VII. Roles & Responsibilities 1. Create in -scope custom reports and unit test them z. Create in -scope customizations and unit test them 3. Create in -scope interfaces and unit test them 4. Provide customizations and interfaces to the QA Team for unit testing 5. Periodically review the ISs configuration for adherence to best practices and efficiencies and provide guidance and oversight where necessary Quality Assurance Team Responsible for testing the quality of your CityView solution and any customizations and interfaces. They use a combination of automated and manual testing on your environment. Bug Tracker Tools, Unit Testing, and Manual Test Cases are used in a strategic test plan that results in a stable, error free application for delivery. Responsibilities include: 1. Maintain QA environments on the same version as the City's Development Environment for parallel testing and troubleshooting z. Log test results, log issues in detail and provide issues logs to Application Development team 3. Provide unit testing as detailed within roles above 4. Provide advice on timing and readiness of version releases. We envisage the City's project team is comprised of: Y Executive Sponsor Y Steering Committee Project Manager, Y Subject Matter Experts (SMEs), Y Data Conversion Expert, y Technical Analysts/Experts, ➢ Database Administrator, ➢ Systems and Network Administrators, ➢ Testers (often the same people as the SMEs), Y Application Administrators ➢ Trainers ➢ End Users City Executive Sponsor The Executive Sponsor provides the vision of the project in alignment with the City's corporate short term and long term goals and objectives. The Executive Sponsor's responsibilities include: i. Participate on the project Steering Committee Page 146 VII. Roles & Responsibilities z. Promote the project throughout the City 3. Monitor the progress of the project 4. Monitor the overall City impact 5. Empower the City Project Manager and the core project team to make decisions 6. Make timely decisions 7. Maintain the authority to set priorities, approve overall scope and settle issues / priorities that significantly affect the project and the City s. Support the Project Managers in accomplishing the project goals 9. Provide a vision of the City's goals io. Maintain an active relationship with CityView Management City Steering Committee Should the City wish to form a Steering Committee for the project (internal to the City), the Steering committee typically develops the vision for the project in alignment with the City's short term and long term goals and objectives. The Steering committee is suggested to be composed of the City Project Sponsor(s), the City's Executive Sponsor and the City's Business Leads. The Steering committee has the following responsibilities: 1. Attend Steering Committee meetings z. Set priorities 3. Approve scope and scope changes 4. Resolve escalated issues 5. Provide strategic guidance to achieve the define project goals 6. Promote the project throughout the City 7. Commit the required resources to the project and approve new ones when required s. Monitor the project progress 9. Monitor the overall City impact 10. Approve extensions to project timeline or addition of new City resources to resolve City -side delays 11. Empower the City Project Manager and the core project team to make decisions 12. Generate timely decisions 13. Conduct periodic review of project progress 14. Make strategic decisions to manage business and project risks 15. Support both Project Managers to accomplish project goals 16. Have an active relationship with CityView management City Project Manager The City Project Manager is responsible for the overall City deliverables and the day-to-day management of the project. This resource is the primary liaison between the CityView Team, the City's project team and the Steering Committee. Both Project Managers will work together to meet the objectives, address issues, facilitate resolution and participate in active management of the teams. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the City's Project Manager: 1. Manage all City resources for project related activities Page 147 VII. Roles & Responsibilities 2. Manage the project (budget, timeline, quality, risks, scope, issues, deliverables, etc.) in cooperation with CityView's Project Manager 3. Communicate project status to the Steering Committee, the Executive Sponsor and the project team leveraging updates from CityView's status updates 4. Participate in the Steering Committee meetings s. Create, maintain, manage and refine the project schedule with all its elements in cooperation with the CityView Project Manager e. Maintain project standards especially Scope & Status reporting 7. Prepare, organize and co -conduct with the project kick-off meetings 8. Manage the delivery and coordination of City project tasks 9. Manage all project deliverables in coordination with CityView's Project Manager io. Manage and streamline the issue management process in conjunction with CityView Project Manager 11. Manage project deviations and take necessary corrective actions 12. Participate in gathering of the City's business process requirements when required 13. Plan, manage and execute the Acceptance Test efforts 14. Plan, manage and execute the end user training efforts is. Provide timely reviews and potential sign -offs on all project deliverables approval documents as presented by the CityView Project Manager 16. Review and accept project milestones 17. Manage the logistical activities of the end user training a. Training facilities b. Students booking c. Scheduling of sessions d. Monitoring and logging the end user attendance 18. Capture the end user feedback 19. Responsible for internal & project communication 20. Provide guidance to project team members 21. Lead the Go -Live preparation planning 22. Participate heavily in the Go -Live preparation tests 23. Must provide Go / No Go Decision throughout the project steps 24. Must be present for Go -Live City Subject Matter Experts asm VII. Roles & Responsibilities The Business Experts own the business process within their functional areas since they perform these day-to- day business processes. These people collectively form the knowledge base of the City's business process requirements. Such resources will be involved in the process mapping, as well as approval of the Scope Documentation and testing and acceptance of the configured system. They will further verify that the new configured system meets the City's business requirements as outlined in the Scope Documentation. They will participate in making decisions regarding the business processes and they will help both Project Managers manage the project scope and all the associated deliverables. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the SMEs 1. Attend process mapping & validation training sessions z. Participate in appropriate project team meetings 3. Work with the CityView IS to provide input into the analysis of the business requirements and review the Scope Documentation 4. Work with the CityView IS to validate the configuration through validation testing 5. Develop appropriate validation test cases based on business scenarios 6. Assist the City's Data Conversion Expert in data conversion validation & acceptance 7. Assist in the development of user procedures s. Assist the project team in defining user access levels and privileges 9. Assist the project team in the Go -Live support planning 1o. Provide end user post implementation Go -Live support where applicable 11. Assist the City's Project Manager in problem resolution 12. Support End User Training and documentation preparation 13. Must be present for Go -Live City Data Conversion Expert The Data Conversion Expert will be involved with the CityView Data Conversion Specialist in analyzing, mapping, loading and testing the different cuts of data conversion. This resource must possess a strong knowledge of the existing data sources that will be converted from both the user and database ends of the existing systems that need to be converted. This resource will also learn about the database structure and the integrated tables (from data mapping documents provided by CityView) as this knowledge will help them relate to their existing data sources. This resource will also review and finalize the data mapping documents and will test the data once the preliminary cut is completed by CityView. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the City's Data Conversion Expert: 1. Act as the primary contact for CityView Data Conversion Specialist z. Acquire knowledge from the CityView Data Conversion Specialist as analysis & mapping is performed 3. Understand the database structure through knowledge transfer and documentation provided by CityView 4. Provide file layouts, where available, for existing data sources 5. Provide data sources in an agreed to format 6. During the analysis, provide documentation pertaining to the current systems (existing user manuals, etc.) if available 7. Lead the analysis of the existing data sources as they relate to the database s. Finalize and approve the data mapping documents once prepared and delivered by the CityView Data Conversion Specialist Page 149 VII. Roles & Responsibilities 9. Test and potentially accept the preliminary data conversion cut and any other subsequent data conversion cuts whether performed by CityView or the City's resources lo. In coordination with the Database Administrator, prepare any other database environments that might be required for data cuts 11. In coordination with the Database Administrator, prepare the production database for the final cut data load 12. Work in conjunction with CityView to identify and possibly resolve conversion issues by directly communicating them to the project team, CityView, users and management 13. Participate in the Go -Live preparation planning 14. Should be present for Go -Live City Technical and Advanced (Power) Users These resources are involved with the CityView resources to learn the report writing tool and system configuration. They could assist in these two functions once knowledge transfer is accomplished. Once trained they will have access to the tools to support the end users with any future configuration enhancements to the system. These resources could also work in conjunction with CityView to lead the interfaces (third party integrations) analysis, definition and acceptance testing. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the City's Technical Experts: I. Attend required Advanced training sessions (Configuration, Reporter Training) z. Acquire the necessary knowledge from the CityView resources through training sessions and documentation 3. Participate in the analysis, design and acceptance testing of all interfaces to 3rd party systems (potentially) a. Should be present for Go -Live 5. Other responsibilities depending on the degree of participation encouraged by the City City Database Administrator This resource will be responsible for setup and maintenance of the different databases (Testing/ Training and Production) during the initial project step and for any subsequent requirement. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the City's Database Administrator: 1. Setup the initial databases in conjunction with CityView resource(s) z. On-going database configuration, monitoring, tuning and troubleshooting of the database environments 3. Manage production database growth a. Provide support to the project team during the project implementation as identified in the project schedule s. Manage the performance of the database 6. Establish and maintain database security and coordinate with application administration the application security levels 7. Include the databases in the normal backup routines and add them to the recovery management plan s. Coordinate activities with City network and workstation administrators Page 150 VII. Roles & Responsibilities 9. Manage and execute database installation and upgrade patches lo. Participate in user access rights and privileges planning, definition & testing City Systems & Network Administrators These resources will be required to provide assistance to the project team on an as needed basis. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the City's Systems & Network Administrators: 1. Prepare servers for initial software setup and configuration 2. Provide setup of servers and provide network connectivity 3. Setup required peripherals for the different environments a. Provide setup of clients' workstations if required 5. Setup testing environments as requested by the City's Project Manager 6. Participate in Go -Live preparation tests 7. Should be present for Go -Live City Trainers City trainers will be used to provide the following: Trainers have the following responsibilities: 1. Provide End User training to the different City groups. z. Provide electronic copies of training materials where applicable 3. Provide electronic copies of training sessions' agendas a. Leverage adult learning methodology and teaching techniques while documenting and escalating any concerns to the implementation Project Managers City End Users These resources will be trained on the proposed products. Below is a list of responsibilities to be performed by the City's End Users: 1. Attend and actively participate in the appropriate training sessions provided by CityView z. Understand existing business processes as well as the project scope at a reasonable level of detail 3. Have good Windows navigation skills Page 151 VIII. Schedule The project plan will be defined by the Project Managers as an initial step in the project. VIII. Schedule Page 152 CityView IX. Project Acceptance IX. Project Acceptance After delivery of the fully configured solution, we expect the City to undertake acceptance testing using self - generated testing scenarios. Should the testing identify any defects, CityView will provide in -scope fixes at no additional charge in parallel to, or immediately subsequent to, the acceptance testing. After all fixes deemed essential for go -live are provided and retested, the code will be frozen and deployment will commence. Provided the acceptance criteria have been met, the City will be asked to formally accept the delivered solution for Go -live. Following go -live the CityView project team will work with the City to record any known issues. The project team is responsible for the resolution of these known issues. 30 days after Go Live CityView will request a formal letter of acceptance that substantiates the product has been delivered and is being used successfully in a live, production environment to accept permit applications, generate fees, record fee payments and generate correspondence associated with permit and license processing. During the first 4 weeks after go -live, the project team will begin to familiarize and transition the project to the Technical Support group. At the end of 6 weeks the Project Manager will arrange a formal hand-off involving the City, the CityView Project Manager and the CityView Support group formalizing the transition of any new defects, bugs and support issues to the Support team. Page 153 cityView X. Change Order Management X. Change Order Management To ensure timely and effective delivery of the project, the scope will be tightly managed. Project change control procedures will be reviewed with the team at the beginning of the project to ensure that they are clearly understood. This review helps establish a common understanding of the need for project change control and the mechanics for implementing any changes to the scope of the project. Any alterations to the project scope, budget, or schedule will be documented and authorized via the Change Control process. A Change Control refers to any modification and/or new development deviating from the baseline established in the Statement of Work and Scope Document. It includes changes to the software, database, training, consulting services, or related processes. Each modification (or group of modifications) to the Contract, Statement of Work, or Scope Document must be documented and approved by a Change Control Form. All potential changes are compared against the project baseline in terms of functionality, schedule, cost, upgrade capability, maintainability and resources. Change Control requests can be raised by any member of the CityView or City Project Teams. The following steps will be followed with any changes to the baseline system: • The change control process will begin with a team member identifying a function or design alternative not already identified as part of the baseline system or a function that is part of the baseline but because of design issues may impact cost, schedule, or resources The person requesting the change will complete a Change Control Form and forward it to the appropriate Project Manager to determine cost, resources, and schedule impact, and the PM will forward the request on to their counter -part. Once these are determined, approval by the CityView Project Manager and City Project Manager is required. • Once approved (or denied), the change request is entered into the change control log and is placed on the agenda of the next Joint PM meeting Any impact to the cost, schedule and/or resources will be elevated to City Project Sponsor and CityView Project Manager for their review and approval (or if required by the City's charter and ordinances, approval by the appropriate level of authority at the City). Page 154 CityVieW Sample Change Order Document ....................................................................................................................... X. Change Order Management CHANGE ORDER DESCRIPTION Request Date: Change #: Client / Project: Requestor: Signature Created By Client PM: Description of the Requested Change: List of attached documents: Client Executive: Impact Assessment: Estimated impact to budget, work effort and schedule Total Estimated Cost: CityView PM: Planned Delivery Date: Payment Terms: CityView Executive: CHANGE ORDER APPROVAL Comments By: Date: Comments: Print Name Signature Date Client PM: Client Executive: CityView PM: CityView Executive: Page 155 XI. Issues & Problem Resolution An issue refers to any matter that requires someone to make a decision, and about which no agreement has been reached or can be routinely reached. Typically, issues impede project progress until they are resolved. Change Control items may become issues if they're not dealt with quickly, but Change Control items are specific to the process of authorizing design changes that impact scope, schedule or budget whereas issues can be related to anything about the project that needs to be decided. The CityView Project Manager will maintain an issue log and will assign responsibility for the resolution of project issues and reports progress to City's Project Manager and the CityView Project Team. Any Project Manager or team member can submit an issue for logging and resolution. Most project issues are expected to be resolved within the overall Project Team. If the issues are not resolved to the satisfaction of the Project Team, they may need to be escalated to the Project Executive Sponsor or appropriate level. Typical project situations requiring escalation include conflicting resource demands threatening project staffing, group dependencies not being met, scope disagreements and issues with functionality of the project's deliverables nearing release time. X1.1 Escalation Process: CityView escalation levels in the order listed below: 1. Project Manager 2. VP, Professional Services 3. VP, Business Operations City escalation levels in the order listed below: 1. Project Manager 2. Steering Committee 3. Executive Sponsor Page 156 XII. Matrix of Requirements XII. Matrix of Requirements CityView's RFP response to Software Requirements for RFP Number: 18-CD02 for and Electronic Plan Review, Permitting & Inspection Software dated March 20, 2018, are provided hereto and attached herein by reference. For the purposes of the work we will complete these remain unchanged, other than as specifically defined below. The following table presents modified responses to those requirements and supersedes the responses of March 20, 2018 for the purposes of the Statement of Work. Requirement Comments Code enforcement issues are associated with address. For code The integration with GoEnforce has enforcement issues the City uses Accela, GoEnforce been removed from the Scope of Work Current property tax payment. For tax payments the Cityuses The Scope of Work includes a batch Tyler Incode version 10. export to Tyler InCode Page 157 chwiew Schedule "F" (Under Separate Cover) Page 158 SOFTWARE LICENSE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT This Software License and Support Agreement between CityView, an unincorporated division of N. Harris Computer Corporation ("CityView"), and the City of Milton, GA ("Licensee") is effective as of January 1 2019 "the "Effective Date"). Whereas CityView and Licensee entered into a Contractual Services Agreement dated for the provision of certain professional services [in preparation for the license of certain CityView software to Licensee] (the "Contractual Services Agreement"); Whereas CityView proposes to license its software application to Licensee on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement; Whereas CityView desires to provide the Licensee with support and maintenance services related to its software application; Whereas the Licensee has received the proper approvals such that it will license the software application; Now therefore, the two parties agree to the following: 1. DEFINITIONS Throughout this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings, and to the extent that any capitalized words are not defined in this Agreement but in the Contractual Services Agreement, then those words shall have the meaning ascribed to them in those respective agreements with priority being assigned to the Contractual Services Agreement and then to the Standard Support Service Level Agreement. a. "Add-on" means an individual component of the software that provides a specific functionality. b. "Agreement" means this Software License Agreement, including all of its Schedules and all instruments supplementing, amending or confirming this Agreement. c. "Core Software" means that portion of the Software that provides the base functionality which, when installed and implemented, will always be in operation when the Software is in operation on the Designated Computer System. d. "Designated Computer System" shall mean the Licensee's platform and operating system environment which is operating the Software. e. "Documentation" shall mean user guides, operating manuals, technical manuals, supporting materials, and other information relating to the use of the Software, whether distributed in print, magnetic, electronic, or video format. f. "Event of Default" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in section 7. g. "Maximum Concurrent Users" shall have the meaning ascribed to it in section 3. h. "Module" means a particular application component of the Software that -provides general functionality. i. "Project" means services to be provided pursuant to additional Modules or Add-ons (including Third Party Software) that are to be licensed to Licensee and which services are provided pursuant to a separate agreement or separate statement of work. j. "Software" shall mean the licensed CityView application software consisting of the Core Software, the Configuration Console, the Modules and the Add-ons, including any updates provided subsequent to this Agreement, and including all copies made by whomsoever produced. Third Party software are not included in the definition of software. k. "Source Code" of the Software means the Software written in programming languages, including all comments and procedural code, such as job control language statements, in a form intelligible to trained programmers and capable of being translated into object code for operation on computer equipment through assembly or compiling, and accompanied by documentation, including flow charts, schematics, statements of principles of operations, and architecture standards, describing the data flows, data structures, and control logic of the Software in sufficient detail to enable a trained programmer through study of such documentation to maintain and/or modify the Software without undue experimentation. i "User" means anagent ofLicensee who has been provided with permission byCityVimmbnbeaUser cxon employee ofLicensee whikethodag isengaged inusing the Software. m. "Configuration Console" ima set mftools used for the process ofdefining the values ofparameters for the Software and automating the software. This includes but is not limited ho Lookup table values, Fees, Letter templates, Activity'banedworhOowm. custom data fields, organizational vm|ea. business rules definable inthe Software rules engine and expression writing. n. "Third Party Software" means any software applications and services that CityView or its service providers has licensed or purchased and provided access to or otherwise made available to Customer as part of the Services as well as any third party software that is required to be obtained by Licensee directly from the applicable third party vendor inaccordance with Section 8. The Schedules described below and appended to this Agreement shall be deemed to be integral parts of t Agreement. I Schedule �"- Description of Software, Software & Maintenance Fees, Payment Milestones and Deliverables Schedule ^B^- Optional Escrow Services Languages Schedule "C"- Configuration Console Correct Usage Protocol Schedule "D" CityViemStandard Support Service Level Agreement Schedule "E" Third Party Software Schedule ^F''- Contractor Affidavit Subject 0othe terms and conditions cf this Agreement, CityViewhereby grants the Licensee o.non-tronofemaMe.non- exclusive and|knited!kcemoeho: a. Use the Software on Licensee's Designated Computer System for its own internal business purposes o/ operations with 000ane to third parties as reasonably necessary for the intended use and otherwise in accordance with the Documentation. The Software iain"uae"onocomputer when dieloaded into temporary memory (i.e., RAM) ofthat computer; b. Copy the Documentation and copy the Software into any machine n*ndob|e form for back-up, archival or training purposes in support of the Licensee's use of the Software on the DaaiAnehad Computer System PROVIDED THAT: i. the Licensee shall maintain a record of the number and location of copies made and to erase all such copies promptly when nolonger inuse nrnecessary; ii the copies, together with the original, shall remain the property ofCihyView; and iii. the Licensee has not removed orobscured any copyright, trademark orother proprietary notices from the Documentation, Software and related materials supplied byCityVievv;and c Customize the Software using (specifically) the expression writing capabilities of the Configuration Console and such oustom/zaUnnousing the Configuration Console are not subject tothe restrictions detailed inSection 4. The Software and related materials supplied byCityVieware protected by copyright and trademark laws. Title, ownership rights and intellectual property rights in the Software and related materials supplied by CityView remain with CityViewand any rights not expressly granted are reserved. Use nfthe Software and related materials supplied by CityView is subject to the applicable copyright laws and the express rights and restrictions of this Agreement. The Software that iodelivered hothe Licensee includes all ofthe Modules, the Core Software, the ConfigurationConoole andtheAdd-ons. The Licensee's use of these components is subject to the restrictions detailed in Section 4. The number ofUsers who may access the Software atany one time islimited to the "Maximum Concurrent Users" as listed in Schedule "A". Any request 0oincrease the number ofMaximum Concurrent Users may entail additional license 0m*o. The Licensee is not restricted in the number ofemployees oragents who may be permitted to use the Software. The restriction only applies to those accessing the Software at the same time. The Software and/or some components may be licensed with the designation of "Read Only"; where this occurs the license permits users with view -only access tothe Bmfwmm but not the right to input, write oralter any data or will b*licensed aasuch. The license rights granted herein and the other terms and conditions of this Agreement do not apply to any third party software listed inSchedule "A"and Schedule ^E^tothis Agreement. Such third party software islicensed pursuant ho and subject to all of the terms and conditions set out in the applicable third party license agreements for such software. CityView has the right to package the third party software with the software system and provide it to Licensee for the third party software detailed inSchedule ^E^ For greater certainty and without limiting the generality ofthe foregoing, CdyViewmaheo no warranties, express orimplied with respect tothe third party software,including without |imitation, their merchantability nrfitness for e particular purpose and except as specifically warranted in section 11 be|mv. CityView accepts no liability of any kind whatsoever with respect to third party software. o. Without limiting the generality of the License granted in Section 3 and any other restrictions listed in this Agreement, Licensee shall not, and will not allow, direct or authorize any other party, directly or indirectly,to: (i) use the Software for any purpose other than in connection with Licensee's primary business or operations; (ii) dieasaemb|e, de-compi|o, reverse engineer, defeat license encryption meuhonioma, or translate any part of the Software, (iii) attempt to reconstruct or discover the Source Code of the Software or to otherwise convert itinto human readable code; (iv) modify nrcreate derivate works ofthe Software; (v) rent, |eeo*. |end, or use the Software for timesharing or bureau use; (vi) allow a third party to copy, access, or use the Software (other than incidental access such amthird-party |Tsupport providing standard maintenance services onhardware and operating software thereon with the understanding by the Licensee that any such maintenance services may cause issues with the performance of the Software outside the scope of the Support and therefore requiring additional professional services to be provided by CityView); (vii) take any actions that would cause the Software to become subject to any open source or quasi -open source license agreement or; (viii) attempt toaccess aModule orAdd-on for which elicense has not been granted. Licensee shall bewholly liable 0o CityView for any misuse of the Software and these restrictions are absolute except as and only to the extent that this Agreement may expressly permit C|tyV|ew\oUootherwise. b. Licensee requires a separate License for each environment into which the Software or any portion thereof is read in machine-readable 5unn for operation on such Designated Computer System in a production environment. n. The Licensee may only use the Software for which it has paid the license fees. Upon the payment of the applicable license fee Licensee shall be provided with the electronic key which will permit Licensee to use the components of the Software for which it has paid a license fee. The Licensee may at any time request m further license to use additional componmnta, the use of which nho|| be subject to the payment of the appropriate license fee and the provision mfanelectronic key. d. The Licensee may only use the Configuration Console where it has paid the appropriate license fee. Upon the payment of the applicable license fee Licensee shall be permitted to use the Configuration Console subject to any restrictions that may be detailed in writing when such permission is granted. a. Prior to the use of the Software for the initial and each renewal term, the use of the Software will be subject to the Licensee's receipt from CityVimwofonelectronic key permitting access hothe Software. The receipt of the key is subject to the renewal of the Standard Support Oemisn Level Agreement. The Licensee acknowledges that it will not be able to use the Software in any fashion without the use nfthe key and that it understands fully its obligations inorder Lnreceive each applicable key. 5. LICENSE FEES The rights granted to Licensee hereunder are subject to the Licensee paying to CityView the following license fees: a. Aonetime license fee ho use the Software; one -tine license fee(s) in relation to the Modules for which the Licensee has requested access; and the one-time license fee mioUad to the Configuration Cnnao|e, if requested byLicensee. b. The appropriate license fees are detailed }nSchedule "A" and the Modules for which a license is provided and whether alicense inthe Configuration Console isprovided are also listed inSchedule "A" (including the details of the applicable license fees). The list of licenses for NYodu|oo and the Configuration Console may be amended from time to time by a change order that specifically references this Agreement and which amends Schedule "A" by detailing those Modules that are being licensed or will no longer be licensed in accordance with the terms ofthis Agreement. c. Where a Project isundertaken, the license fees applicable to the Software related to the Project may be detailed in the separate agreement or separate statement of work related to the services associated with the Project. The failure to pay such license fees within ninety days of an invoice shall automatically terminate this Agreement despite any cure periods provided elsewhere herein and section S(a) shall apply. In addition to the above required license feoa, any services applicable to the instaUation, imp|mmentatiun, training or configuration of the Software (both at the time the initial license is granted and for any subsequent licenses) may require additional professional service 8amo for the provision of the applicable professional wamicam both of which would be subject toa. 6. SUPPORT In consideration of payment of the mandatory annual support and maintenance fee set out in Schedule "A" (the "Support and Maintenance Fees"), C!TYV|EVVwill provide: a. Priority response unsupport requests regarding the Software, as described inthe CdyViewService Level Agreement Attached anSchedule ^D^; b. Remote diagnosis of operational issues related to the Software, provided that the Licensee has obtmined, at its cnst, the necessary software, hardware and instruction to allow C|TYV|EVVto provide such assistance. u. Updates for the Software at no extra charge except for magnetic media and courier costs, these updates to include minor changes, enhancements, improvements, and problem resolutions; |nconsideration ofthe services set out above, the Licensee agrees to pay the Support and Maintenance Fees for years 1-5 in accordance with the payment schedule set out in Schedule ^A". Compensation for annual maintenance and support fees after year 5 shall be defined edafuture date between the Parties. The Support and Maintenance Fees may be increased by CityViemifnew modules are added to and become subject 8othis Agreement as described in subsection 3(o)above. Where CITYVIEW has provided licenses to BLUEBEAM software pursuant to this Agreement, the Licensee must also purchase all support and maintenance services for the 8LUEBEANl software directly from C|TYV/EVV. C|TYV|EVV agrees that Support and Maintenance Fees for the BLUEBEA[N software shall not exceed the fees that would be charged byBLUE BEAM for equivalent support and maintenance services. Licensee agrees that C|TYV|EVV'msupport and maintenance services for the BLUEBEAM software are special and cannot be adequately provided by another third party because of the integration between the Software and BLUEBEAM software. The parties agree that execution of the following agreements are conditions precedent to the effectiveness of this Agreement and that the following agreements shall be entered into no later than contemporaneously with the execution of this Agreement. o. the Contractual Services Agreement which shall detail CityView's installation and implementation services for the Software. Additionally, the Licensee shall have the option of entering into an Escrow Agreement. In the event that Licensee wishes to have the Source Code to the Software deposited in an escrow account for Licensee's benefit, Licensee shall sign the escrow language in Schedule ^B^ and such terms uheU apply to this Agreement. If executed, the Escrow Agreement shall govern the terms and conditions whereby Licensee could gain access to the Software source code for the purpose ofmaintaining and supporting the Software. Licensee shall bosolely responsible for the costs associated with the Escrow Agreement onmay beinvoiced byCityNew. An Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred if CityView: (1) ceases to market or make available maintenance or support Services for the Software during a period in which the Licensee is receiving support services pursuant to the Standard Service Level Support Agreement, or. (2) becomes inoo!wont, executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or becomes subject to bankruptcy or receivership proceedings, (3) ceases business operations generally or (4) has transferred all or substantially all of its assets or obligations set forth in this Agreement to a third party which has not assumed all ofthe obligations ufQiyView. Unless terminated earlier inaccordance with the terms hereof, this Agreement shall commence unthe Effective Date and is for duration of one (1) year (the "Initial Term"). After the Initial Term. this Agreement ehsd| automatically renew for successive one (1)year periods (each m"Renewal Tenn") subject 0mChyView'ethen current price structure unless Licensee provides written notice to CityView of its intention not to renew within ninety (90) days of the end of the then current term. The Initial Term and each Renewal Term shall collectively be referred to as the "Term". o. Prior to the completion of the Project, this Agreement may beterminated by Licensee at any time by providing CityVkmv with notice only where the Licensee has terminated the Contractual Samimae Agreement in accordance with its 0enno. Othemwioe, the Licensee may only terminate this Agreement prior to the completion of the Project where CityView has materially breached its obligations under this Agreement and failed toremedy them aopermitted hereunder. b. CityView may terminate this Agreement where Licensee fails to comply with its obligations of confidentiality orthe obligations under section nfthis Agreement, whereby CityViewmust notify the Licensee inwriting ofsuch default (e"Default Nodue^). Upon receipt ofoDefault Notice, the Licensee must correct the default at no additional cost to CdyView, o/ issue awritten notice of its own disputing the alleged defau|t, in either case within twenty (20) days immediately following receipt of a Default Notice. c. If the Licensee fails to correct the default, or issue a notice disputing the alleged default, in either case within twenty (20) days following receipt of the Default Notice, CityView may terminate the whole of this Agreement including the grant o(license tothe Software and in such case the Licensee will be responsible for payment to CityView of only that part of the fee earned by CityView for that part of the Services performed in accordance with the Contractual Gomioae Agreement, unless that agreement states othenmiva, up to the time of communication of such notice of termination to the Licensee and the entire License Fee for all Software that was fully installed onthe Designated Computer System. Once adispute has been settled, tothe extent that any issues still remain unresolved in the Default Notice, Licensee shall have ten (10) days to remedy such breach following the date ofthe settlement ofthe other issues. d. Despite the above, for any Default Notice alleging o bn000h Subsection 4(a) (iii). CityViewmey suspend the license at any time for a period of thirty (30) days following the delivery of a Default Notice despite Licensee rectifying such default. e. In light of the one-year duration of each term and the Licensee's ability to terminate at the end of each calendar year, the Licensee is proceeding as if this Agreement is not a "multi-year" purchase contract as contemplated a. Ifthis Agreement is non -renewed or terminated for any reason except an Event of Default, then within thirty (30) days hdkmving such termination, except 0nthe extent retention is required to comply with State of Georgia muonda retention law in which case the Software's functionality cannot be used, the Licensee shall destroy/return the Software and any documentation to CityView, at CityView's absolute discretion, and the Licensee shall certify, under the hand of a duly authorized officer of the Licensee, that all copies of the Software and Documentation or any part thereof, in any form, within the possession orcontrol ofthe Licensee have been destroyed/returned bnCityViaw. u. Upon the termination of thi6 Agreement fQr any rea*on exGept for an Event of Default, the Licen.5ee will not be entitled to ucoeao the Source Code through the escrow agreement where e valid aacnzw agreement exists. c. Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, (i) the parties agree that the Standard Support Samioa Level Agreement expires on its own tennm. (ii) and the confidentiality provisions shall survive and be binding on both parties for five (5) years from the date of termination. d. Upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement for any reason whatannver. CityView shall cooperate with Licensee to the extent reasonably necessary to allow the Licensee to download or recover any Licensee data stored by the Software and Licensee shall pay CityViewfbr its time and resources unotime and materials basis atCityViaw'mthen current rates. The grant ofthe License herein contained permits the limited use of the Software bythe Licensee. Title to and all property in the Software, its name, logo and computer stored data shall remain exclusively with CityView. The Licensee hereby acknowledges that the Software and the Documentation is the property of CityView and that the Software may constitute abade secret, and agrees to exercise due care and diligence in safeguarding the Software, contrary in this Agreement, including any of the general confidentiality obligations above, approval of and discussion regarding this Agreement will take place before the Milton City Council in open session governed by the Georgia Open Meetings Act. CityViewfurther acknowledges that City is subject to Georgia's Open Records Act, and agrees that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including any of the general confidentiality obligations in this Agreement, the City may disclose any material that is disclosable under the Open Records Act in response to any valid Open Records Act request, without permission from or prior notice to CityView, however where the Licensee can provide notice to CityView it shall provide immediate notice to CityViewwheno the Licensee receives notice for request to disclose such materials and where the Licensee has discretion in the timing of the release of such materials, the Licensee shall wait until the last day permissible to release such materials. If, inthe course ofcomplying with this Agreement, CityViewsubmits records containing trade secret information, and ifCityViewwishes Vokeep such records confidential from Open Records Act requests, QtyViewacknowledges that it must submit and attach to such records an affidavit affirmatively declaring that specific information in the records constitutes trade secrets pursuant to Article 27ufChapter 1 ofTitle 1O.and the parties shall follow the requirements ofD.C.G.A. §5U-18-72(a)(34)related thereto. The Licensee also acknowledges that any negligence or deliberate violation of this Agreement on its part which noou|to in failure to protect CityView'a proprietary interest in the Software oheU actually and materially damage CityViaw. In order to ensure compliance with the terms of this Agreement, CityView shall be entitled, upon reasonable notice to Licensee and subject to QtyViaw'n compliance with Licensee's naauunebie security meeounao, to enter upon the Licensee's premises during nonne| business hours and require the Licensee huproduce such information, records and documents aamay bareasonably required tnascertain compliance. CityView may revise or update the Software from time to time but shall have no obligation to provide such revision or update to the Licensee, unless the Licensee has paid in full the Annual Support and Maintenance fee set out in Schedule "A". CKyViewmmrraots to Licensee that: e. The Software shall function as described in the user documentation accompanying the Software if the Software ieproperly used inaccordance with CityVew'ainstructions. b. The Software (including Software updates) will be provided via electronic delivery. To the best of CityView's knowledge, the Software will be free from viruses and other destructive code The warranty above iavoid /fthe Licensee modifies the Software without the written consent n/CityVieo.Examples of such modifications ino|ude, but are not limited to, the de -compiling and modifying of the source oode, and tampering with the base set-up nfthe system. For clarity, the parties agree that THE LICENSEE uheU have the right to configure the Gu0wanm using the Desktop configuration tools. Where a license for Configuration Console has been granted, THE LICENSEE shall have the right to use Configuration Console for expression writing in accordance with Schedule ^C^without voiding the warranties herein. Except as specifically provided above, CityView expressly disclaims all other warranties in the Software, including, but not limited to the implied warranties of quality or fitness for a particular purpose. The Licensee assumes sole responsibility for the selection of the Software to achieve the Licensee's intended results, and for the installation, use and results obtained from the Software. Licensee's sole recourse inthe event the Software does not conform to the applicable documentation is the repair and replacement ofthe Software. The Licensee agrees to allow CityView the opportunity to make repeated efforts within a reasonable time to correct programming errors or malfunctions as warranted in this Agreement. CdyViewwmnants: a. that hhas the full right, authority and power toenter into this Agreement and to grant to the Licensee the Licenses and rights conveyed bythis Agreement; and b. that the Software is an original work of authorship and does not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. |nthe event there isathird party claim against Licensee alleging that Licensee's use of the Software in accordance with this Agreement constitutes an infringement of a Canadian or United States patent, copyright, trade -mark or trade mocra. ChyViewaha|i. at its expense, defend Licensee and pay any final judgment against Licensee or settlement agreed to by CityView on Licensee's behalf; provided that Licensee promptly notifies CityView of any such claim or proceeding and aho|| give CityViewh/H and complete authority, infonma8on, and assistance todefend such claim or proceeding. This indemnity is only effective where (i) Licensee has not made any admissions or permanently waived or compromised any rights either prior to or after providing notice to QtyView of the applicable claim except with CityView's prior written consent, (ii) CityView shall have sole control of the defense of any claim or proceeding and all negotiations for its compromise orsettlement (provided that and CityView may not either enter into any settlement agreement that imposes restrictions on the Licensee's use of the Software contrary to the Licensee's rights provided under this Agreement or make any admissions of liability on behalf of the Licensee without first obtaining Licensee's written consent, both of which shall not be unreasonably withheld, or otherwise attempt to bind the Licensee without its consent), and (iii) Licensee has not modified the GofWvum in any manner whatsoever except with the prior written consent ofCityWew. Any breach by Licensee of the conditions under this section 12 shall nullify this indemnity but not the sole right of CityView to have full and complete authority of the defense to defend such claim or proceeding and of all negotiations related therewith. In the event that the Licensee's use of the Software is finally held to be infringing or CityView deems that it may be held to be in0inging. Licensee agrees that the ao!s remedy available to it is that CityView oheU. at CityView's election: (1) procure for the Licensee the right to continue use of the Application Software; or (2) modify or replace the Software eothat itbecomes nun-infhnging. The foregoing states ChyVh*w'sentire liability, and the Licensee's exclusive remedy, with respect hoany claims nf infringement of any copyright, patent, trade -mark, trade secret or other property interest rights relating to the Software, or any part thereof or use thereof. CdyView'o obligations under this Section 12 shall survive the henninebnn end/or expiration ofthis Agreement. Licensee may, at Licensee's sole cost and expense—which is outside the scope of this indemnity—retain counsel of its own choosing who shall be permitted to attend all settlement conferences and hearings or other court appearances (except where the court has specifically made an order against such attendance) related to the proceeding. The Licensee and CityViewrecognize that circumstances may arise entitling the Licensee to damages for breach or other fault onthe part ofCityViewarising from this Agreement. The parties agree that inall such circumstances the Uuenmoeo remedies and CityVev�e liabilities will be limited as set forth below and that these provisions will survive notwithstanding the termination or other discharge of the obligations of the parties under this Agreement, i. EXCEPT FOR DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF (a) CITYVIEW'S BREACH OF ITS CONFIDENTIALITY OBLIGATIONS OR(h)INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS PROVIDED |NSECTION 12.BOTH PARTIES AGREE THAT CITYVIEW's LIABILITY (UNDER BREACH OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), IF ANY, FOR ANY DAMAGES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE LICENSE FEES ORTHE SUPPORT AND MAINTENANCE FEES, AS APPLICABLE, PAID TO CITYVIEW BY LICENSEE DURING THE THEN -CURRENT TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT. ii. IN ADDITION TO THE FOREGOING NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TQLOST REVENUE ORLOSS OFPROFITS, EVEN |FSUCH OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED DFTHE LIKELIHOOD OFTHE OCCURRENCE OFSUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING ANY FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY. iii. CLAUSES (i) AND (ii) SHALL APPLY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION BY A PARTY IRRESPECTIVE 0FTHE NATURE OFTHE CAUSE OFACTION UNDERLYING SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BREACH OF CONTRACT OR TORT. b. Where remedies are expresslyaforded by this Agreement, such remedies are intendedbythe parties tobe the sole and exclusive remedies of the Licensee for liabilities of CityView arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, notwithstanding any remedy otherwise available at law or in equity. 14. INJUNCTIVE RELIEF The Licensee agrees that the breach ofany term, provision or condition of this Agreement bythe Licensee may cause irreparable damage to CityView in which case an award of damages may not be adequate relief to CityView. Therefore, the Licensee agrees that in addition to all the remedies mmi/oNe to CityView in the mmni of any breach of this Agreement by the Licensee, CityViewshall have the right to obtain timely injunctive relief Nprotect its proprietary right. 15. COUNTERPARTS This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (whether by facsimile or PDF signature or otherwise), each of which when so executed shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 16. GOVERNING LAW; VENUE The validity and interpretation ofthis Agreement and each clause and part thereof shall be governed by the law of the State of Georgia without reference to principles of conflict of laws. Any lawsuit arising out of this Agreement shall be brought inthe federal court serving Fulton County. Georgia. 17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT This Agreement contains all the terms and conditions agreed on by the parties hereto with regard to the matters dealt with henain, and no understandings or agreements, verbal or otherwise, exist between the parties except ae herein mxpmao|y set out. This Agreement completely mp|amau all other software license agreements that may have been entered into between the parties (including all precursor entities, including those enhUmo that have amalgamated with N.Harris Computer Corporation). 18. RIGHT TO ASSIGN This Agreement and the rights and liabilities hereunder shall not be assigned by the Licensee unless consent in writing iaobtained from CityView. 19. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties. 20. SEVERABILITY If any portion of this Agreement is deo|ovad by a court nfcompetent jurisdiction to be invalid or unen8opneab|n, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. 21. WAIVER No waiver of any default shall constitute a waiver of any other breach or deh*u|t, whether of the same or any other covenant nrcondition. No waiver, benefit, privilege or service voluntarily given or performed by other parties shall give the other any contractual right bycustom, estoppel, orotherwise. 22. MEDIATION The parties agree to submit any o|oim, controversy or dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the relationship created bythis Agreement io non-binding mediation before bringing ao|aim. controversy ordispute in a court orbefore any other tribunal. The mediation in to be conducted byeither an inuiviuual mediator o,o mediator appointed by mediation services mutually agreeable mthe parties. The mediation shall take place ata time and location which is also mutually agreeable; provided; however, in no event ohoU the mediation occur later than ninety (90) days after either party notifies the other of its desire to have a dispute be placed before a mediator. Quohmediohmr aho|| be knowledgeable in software system agreements. The costs and expenses of medietion, including compensation and expenses of the mediator (and except for the attorney's fees incurred by either party), is to be shared by the parties equally. If the parties are unable to moo|xe the daim, controversy or dispute within ninety (90 days after the date either party provides the other notice of mediation, then either party may bring and initiate a legal proceeding to eon|ve the o|aim, controversy or dispute un|aao the time period is extended byowritten agreement of the parties. 23. ALLOCATION OF RISK Licensee acknowledges that the limited warrentieu, disclaimers and limitations of liability contained in this Agreement are fundamental elements of the basis of bargain between Licensee and CityView and set forth an allocation of risk reflected inthe fees and payments due hereunder. 24. NONDISCRIMINATION In accordance with Title V) of the Civil Rights Act of 1864, as amended. 42 U.S.C. O 2000d. section 303 of the Age DimohminationActof1975.aaamonded.42U.G.C.0O1O2.neotinn2D2oftheAmnhoanawithDiuobi|iUeeActof1990. 42U,8.C. § 12132, and all other provisions of Federal law, CityView agrees that, during performance of this agreement, Consultant, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, will not discriminate against any employee orapplicant for employment, any subcontractor, or any supplier because of race, oobr, creed, national ohgin. gender, age or disability. In addition, CityView agrees to comply with all applicable implementing regulations, Pursuant huO.C.G�\§18-1O'Q1.CKyViewshall: (1) complete the form attached hereto asSchedule ^F".averring that (I) it will not perform any services in the United States and is exempt from compliance with United States immigration verification laws with respect hothe services performed under this Agreement-, or (ii) it has registered with, is authorized to use, and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E -Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established inO.C.8.A. §13-1U-01.and that will continue bouse the federal work authorization program throughout the term of the Agreement; or (2) provide evidence that it is an individual licensed in good standing under Title 26 or Title 43 of the Georgia Code, or by the State Bar of Georgia; or (3) provide a copy of its state -issued drivers' license accompanied by an affidavit that it currently has no employees and does not intend to hire any employees for purposes of satisfying or completing the terms and conditions of this Agreement. CityView agrees that it shall not engage in any activity or conduct that would result in a violation of the City ufMilton Code of Ethics or any other similar law or regulation. CityView certifies that to the best of its knowledge no circumstances exist which will cause aconflict ofinterest inperforming the Work. Should CihyVimwbecome aware of any circumstances that may cause a conflict of interest during the Term of this Agreement, CityView shall immediately nntifyLimanmee. |fLicensee determines that oconflict ofinterest exists, Licensee may require that Cih/Vewtake action to remedy the conflict of interest or terminate the Agreement without liability. Licensee shall have the right torecover any fees paid for services rendered by CityView when such services were performed while a conflict of interest existed if CityView had knowledge of the conflict of interest and did not notify Licensee within five (5) business days of becoming aware ufthe existence cf the conflict nfinterest. CibViewond Licensee acknowledge that it is prohibited for any person to ofer, give, oragree to give any Licensee employee or official, or for any Licensee employee or official to solicit, demand, accept, or agree to accept from another pamon, a gratuity of more than nominal value or rebate or an offer of employment in connection with any deoieion, appmva|, dioappmve|, nacommendadion, or preparation of any pert of program requirement or a purchase vequmst, influencing the content ofany specification orprocurement standard, rendering ofadvice, investigation, auditing, urin any other advisory capacity in any proceeding or application, request for ruling, determination, claim or controversy, or other particular moMer, pertaining to any program requirement or a contract or subcontract, or to any solicitation or proposal therefor. CityView and Licensee further acknowledge that it is prohibited for any payment, gratuity, or offer of employment to be made by or on behalf of a sub -consultant under a contract to the prime consultant or higher tier sub -consultant, or any person associated therewith, as an inducement for the award of a subcontract or order. 27. NOTICE The notice provisions of the separate Services Agreement between CityView and Licensee are hereby incorporated by reference. 28. SOVEREIGN IMMUNITY; RATIFI ATION Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of City's sovereign immunity or any individual's qualified, good faith or official immunities. Ratification of this Agreement by a majority of the Mayor and City Council shall authorize the Mayor hoexecute this Agreement onbehalf ofCity. 29. NO PERSONAL LIABILITY Nothing herein shall be construed as creating any individual or personal liability on the part of any of City's elected or appointed officials, officers, boards, commissions, employees, representatives, consultants, servants, agents, attorneys or volunteers. No such individual shall be personally liable to Vendor or any successor in interest in the event of any default or breach by City or for any amount which may become due to Vendor or its successor or on any obligation under the terms of this Agreement. Likewise, Vendor's performance of services under this Agreement shall not subject Vendor's individual employees, officers, or directors to any personal contractual liability. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Licensee and CityView have executed this Contract as evidenced by dual signature below. ACCEPTED: FOR CITY: By: Joe Lockwood, Mayor Date: Attest: City Clerk Date: Approved as to form: City Attorney ACCEPTED: VENDOR: Digitally signed by Sean Higgins Date: 2019.01.31 12:48:54-08'00' By: Name and Title: Sean Higgins, Executive Vice President Date: January 31, 2019 2019.02.01 Attest: 12:34:11-08'00' Vice President of Business Operations Schedule "A" Description of Software, Software & Maintenance Fees, Payment Milestones and Deliverables Software Licensing Deliverables Payment Milestone Payment Terms Software Licenses Include: 15 CityView Workspace Licenses - Full (ie. Annual Software Maintenance (year 1 and subject "Maximum Concurrent Users") $26,796 Due upon Initial to annual revision) 1 CityView Server Installation 1 CityView Esri ArcGIS Mapping Extension 1 CityView Portal (licensed for Property Bluebeam Revu Annual Software Maintenance Information, Permits & Inspections and Invoiced on execution (year 1 and subject to annual revision) Planning) $1,010 of contract and due CityView Mobile Licensed for 8 users CityView will: net 30 days Bluebeam Studio Prime Subscription (year 1 and (Permitting) 8 Named User Bluebeam Revu Licenses (Std) • Set up as a client on FTP & CityView Connect Invoiced on execution of contract and due subject to annual revision) 2 Named User Bluebeam Revu Licenses . Provide documentation to download the latest (eXtreme) version of CityView off the FTP & CityView net 30 days Invoiced on execution 1 CityView Supported EDMS Integration Connect site •Send the licensing key for CityView Licenses $118 , 790 of the contract and Extension 1 CityView MS Outlook Add-in d • Provide documentation to download the due net 30 days 1 CityView MS Word Add Solutions from the FTP & CityView Connect site 1 CityView [preferred] Payment Processor - Provide documentation to download the Extension Bluebeam Software from Bluebeam site 1 CityView Configuration Console Solutions: CityView Property Information CityView Permits & Inspections CityView Planning CityView Cashiering CityView Electronic Plans Review Total Licensing $118,790 Mandatory Annual Software Maintenance Deliverables Provides: Milestone Payment Terms • All major and minor software upgrades Annual Software Maintenance (year 1 and subject • Unlimited technical support; . Unlimited access to the CityView FTP site $26,796 Due upon Initial to annual revision) • Unlimited access to the CityView Connect Installation • Support for Esri integration, Bluebeam integration and batch export to InCode GL Bluebeam Revu Annual Software Maintenance Invoiced on execution (year 1 and subject to annual revision) First line of support for Bluebeam Revu $1,010 of contract and due net 30 days Bluebeam Studio Prime Subscription (year 1 and First line of support for Bluebeam Studio Prime $2,340 Invoiced on execution of contract and due subject to annual revision) Level 1 net 30 days Annual maintenance amounts for years 2-5 (invoiced on anniversary of the initial installation and due net 30 daXs) Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 $31,352 1 $32,606 $33,910 $35,267 Schedule "B" Optional EscrowLanguages separate - The City has declined to participate in this Option - citwiew, Schedule B CitvView Escrow Services Aareement CityView/Harris Computer Systems Escrow Services Agreement SERVICES AGREEMENT by and between CityView ("CityView"), a division of Harris Computer Systems Corporation, a Canadian Corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Constellation Software, Inc., having offices at #4464 Markham St — Suite 1202, Victoria, BC, V8Z 7X8 and the City of Milton. GA ("Customer"), having offices at 2006 Heritage Walk, Milton, Georgia, 30004, is made and entered into as of the day of Month 2019. PREAMBLE WHEREAS: a) CityView owns or has the right to license certain Software ("Programs'); and b) CityView provides software escrow services ("Escrow Services") to its licensees and is willing to provide such services to Customer on the terms and conditions specified in this Agreement; and c) Customer has licensed the Software ("Programs") specified in the Contractual Services Agreement dated 2019 d) The initial Support and Maintenance period specified in the Contractual Services Agreement has not expired or the Customer has made timely renewal payments; THEREFORE in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants herein set forth, the parties agree as follows: AAs specified in the Contractual Services Agreement 1 $1,500 j $500 1 SECTION 1: CITYVIEW PROGRAMS 1.1 "Program" means the software application(s) set in the Contractual Services Agreement or otherwise made available by CityView or use by the Licensee as a part of this Agreement. SECTION 2: ESCROW SERVICES 2.1 Term: Escrow Services will commence on the date of execution of this Agreement and will continue as long as the Customer is covered by Support and Maintenance pursuant to the Software License and Support Agreement and any Support and Maintenance Service Agreement entered into between the parties and so long as the Customer has paid the applicable Escrow Service Fees. Escrow Services will terminate automatically upon the termination of the Software License and Support Agreement or of an applicable Contractual Services Agreement, Service Agreement, or upon non-payment of Support and Maintenance fees or Escrow Services Fees. 2.2 Charges: The fee for the first delivery of the Escrow Materials will be the Annual Fee. Subsequently, the Annual Fee will be billed as a supplementary charge to the Support and Maintenance fees under the same payment terms. Should Customer request Escrow Materials outside the normal release update cycle, the Update Fee will apply. 2.3 Delivery of Escrow Materials: "Escrow Materials" is defined as a sealed package containing a copy of the Program's source code on CityView supported electronic medium in the format and system environment used by CityView and Customer in its own operation to generate object code, together with a copy of the existing systems documentation developed for the Programs and the specifications for the operating environment and software tools required to make effective use of the source materials. Escrow Materials will be shipped within ten (10) days of the initial payment of the Annual Fees to CityView's then current Escrow Agent, Jones Emery Hargreaves Swan, Suite 1212 - 1175 Douglas Street, Victoria, B.C., V8W 2E1. Subsequently, provided Customer has maintained payment of the Support and Maintenance fees and Escrow Services Annual Fees, the existing Escrow Materials will be exchanged for a replacement set comprising the then -current source and documentation and shall again be placed with CityView's then current Escrow Agent, such exchange occurring as soon as practical following the shipment of a new release of the Programs. 2.4 Access to Escrow Materials: Escrow Materials shall remain in a sealed package and shall be held, in trust, by CityView's Escrow Agent. Customer shall be entitled to verify with the Escrow Agent that the Escrow Materials (namely the sealed package containing the then current source code) have been placed with CityView's Escrow Agent. However, Customer shall not be entitled to access the Escrow Materials unless and until one of the following events occur: a) CityView is unwilling or unable to complete modifications to the programs which are required to allow Customer to comply with regulatory or legal requirements which are beyond the control of Customer; or b) CityView takes advantage of the insolvency laws of any jurisdiction; or c) CityView makes an assignment in bankruptcy or is adjudicated as bankrupt pursuant to section 7 of the United States Code; or d) CityView makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or e) CityView has a receiver, administrator or manager of its property, assets or undertakings appointed in such circumstances as would adversely affect the continuing use by Customer of the Software specified in the Contractual Services Agreement; or City of Milton, GA/CityView Page 1 Proprietary and Confidential f) CityView is ordered by any Court of competent jurisdiction to be wound up; or g) CityView becomes insolvent; or h) CityView ceases doing business as a going concern. 2.5 Warranties of CityView: Provided Customer complies with the terms of the Software License and Support Agreement and all Supplements and Addendums thereto and pays the agreed Support and Maintenance fees, CityView will, to the extent that it is still supplying such services to other customers, warrant that the Escrow Materials and replacement Escrow Materials delivered under this Agreement will be complete, accurately reflect the most current version of the source code of the Programs used by Customer, incorporate all changes made to the Programs or the source code thereof from the previous time the Escrow Materials were delivered to CityView's Escrow Agent under this Agreement, and contain no passwords or other devices that would prevent or prohibit the use of the Escrow Materials at any time should an event in s.2(4) occur. 2.6 CityView's Intellectual Property: Customer acknowledges that the Escrow Materials are and shall remain solely CityView's property (tangible and intellectual). Customer furthermore acknowledges that any breach or violation of this Agreement would cause CityView irreparable harm and that legal remedies, in themselves, may not adequately remedy such breach or violation. CityView therefore shall be entitled to pursue, in addition to any legal remedy available to it, all equitable remedies (including injunctive relief and specific performance). Customer hereby warrants that it shall not attempt to access, except pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Escrow Materials and replacement Escrow Materials delivered under this Agreement to CityView's Escrow Agent. Even in the event of access to the Escrow Materials by Customer pursuant to s.2(4), Customer acknowledges that it shall only be entitled to use the source code and documentation in the same manner in which Customer is permitted to use the object code of the Programs as specified in the License, with the additional license to modify the source code and convert it to executable object code. In particular, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, the release, modification, enhancement, or alteration of the Escrow Materials does not alter CityView's complete and sole ownership of all property rights in the Programs and Customer shall sign all written instruments to this effect if required by CityView or an agent acting on behalf of CityView. Customer furthermore acknowledges that any resultant modification or enhancement to the Escrow Materials shall become CityView's intellectual property and Customer shall sign all written instruments to this effect. SECTION 3: PAYMENT 3.1 Excepting the initial invoice that is due upon execution of this Agreement, all fees shall be paid within thirty (30) days after receipt of the invoice. Customer shall pay all applicable shipping charges and taxes, exclusive of CityView's income and corporate franchise taxes. If any invoice is not paid within thirty (30) days, Customer shall pay a late payment charge of 1% per month on the unpaid amount, together with the amount of the original invoice. Customer shall reimburse CityView for all reasonable costs incurred (including reasonable attorneys' fees) in collecting past due amounts owed by Customer. SECTION 4: TERMINATION AND DEFAULT 4.1 Termination: At Customer's option, this Agreement may be terminated by providing notice in writing to CityView at least thirty (30) days prior to an annual Escrow Services renewal date. Upon termination, CityView's Escrow Agent shall return all Escrow Materials to CityView and any and all rights enjoyed by Customer hereunder shall automatically and immediately terminate. 4.2 Remedy of Default: This Agreement may be terminated by either party if the other fails to perform or comply with any provision of this Agreement, provided that a party intending to terminate under this provision will provide written notice of the applicable default to the defaulting party, and termination based thereon will only be effected if the defaulting party fails to rectify the specified default within sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default by CityView and failure by CityView to remedy, if Customer elects not to terminate this Agreement, then the Customer shall be entitled to have access to the Escrow Materials currently in CityView's Escrow Agent's possession and the Escrow Materials will, subject to the provisions of s. 2(6) hereof, be released from the escrow restrictions forthwith. SECTION 5: GENERAL PROVISIONS 5.1 Assignment: Neither party hereto shall be entitled to assign that party's rights and obligations under this Agreement without the express written agreement of the other party, such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld. 5.2 Severability: Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited by law or is unenforceable will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. 5.3 Enurement: This Agreement will enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns. 5.4 Modification: This Agreement may not be modified except in writing by an authorized signatory of each party. 5.5 Non -Solicitation: The parties agree that during the term of this Agreement, and for a period of two (2) years thereafter, they will not, without the express prior written consent, directly or indirectly, solicit any person for employment, who is currently employed by the other party. In addition, any person who has been previously employed by either party, shall be prohibited from servicing or providing consultation within the scope of work contemplated by this Agreement for a minimum of two (2) year after their current employment. 5.6 Marketing: Customer agrees that CityView may publicly refer to Customer orally and in writing as a client of CityView. Any other reference to Customer by CityView requires the written consent of Customer. 5.7 Notification: All notices under this Agreement shall be in writing and delivered by overnight delivery service or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the address specified above. Either party may change its address by providing notice in accordance with this Section. 5.8. Governing Law: The Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of British Columbia. This Agreement shall attorn to the jurisdiction of a competent court within a mutually agreed upon region in the Province of British Columbia. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date set forth above. City of Milton, GA/CityView Page 2 Proprietary and Confidential cavview, CITY OF MILTON, GA By: Name Printed: Title: By: Name Printed: Title: City of Milton, GA/CityView Page 3 CityView By: �Q Digitally signed by Sean Higgins 7� Date: 2019.01.31 12:50:18-08'00' Name Printed: Sean Higgins Title: Executive Vice President Proprietary and Confidential (under• p,.'' cover) CityView Configuration Console Correct Usage Protocol This document outlines the accepted use of CityView Configuration Console. How Changes Are Tracked Every "application object" within CityView has a development status that indicates whether that object has been modified. Application objects are those things that can by modified using the various tools in Configuration Console. When your environment is first created, it is an exact copy of our CityView development environment, so every application object has a development status of System. Additionally, if the environment also includes our CityView Select configuration, then certain application objects as well as any configuration items (e.g. lookup values, which are stored in regular data tables) will have a development status of SystemConfig), Changes to application objects that are made in your environment while it is on our servers (and under our control) are tagged with the status CustominHouse. Changes that are made in the environment once it has been delivered into your network environment are tagged with the status CustomOnSite. There is also a status, CustomOnSiteProd, which can be used to identify objects that were modified in the Production environment (although this should be a rare occurrence because modifications should not be happening directly in Production.) When the "application layer" of the CityView solution is upgraded (which can, and often is, done independently of the "software layer") the development status of each object is checked prior to that object being upgraded. Every object that still has a status of System is overwritten with the version of that object from the latest CityView development environment. If the development status is not System for a given object, it is not overwritten. Instead, the latest application object from the development environment is placed in the application journal table only. Many objects are interdependent. Configuration Console users should be cognizant of this when considering changes to any modifiable object, so as to not have an adverse impact on an overall piece of functionality. CityView scrutinizes the modifications prior to performing an application - level upgrade so that risks are mitigated; however, the more custom objects there are, the more effort -intensive this process is; and, in some cases, there may be costs incurred to get a heavily customized environment upgraded. Therefore, it is very important to document customizations and follow the best practices outlined in this document. Configuration Console PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL The configuration tools are continually evolving and these tools are designed to allow your environment to be easily upgraded. When trying to create new automation or modify existing business processes, your first approach must be to use the most appropriate (purpose-built) configuration tool for the job, such as: - Adding a custom field to the database (use the Attribute configuration tool) - Adding or moving fields around in existing Workspace panels (use the Workspace Panel Override tool) - Modifying workflows or adding workflow -related automation (use the Graphical Workflow Designer) - Making data entry fields read-only or required (use the Business Rules tool) - Getting automation to fire when a field value is changed, or other non -workflow -related automation (use the Business Rule tool) - Getting CityView to produce letters/documents (use the MS Word Add-in, or RTF Letter Generator if you have not purchased the MS Word Add-in) - Making label changes to fields or buttons (use Attribute configuration tool, where possible, or existing string -replacement settings, if available for your situation) More advanced tools, such as the Expression language, should be avoided unless there is no more suitable way to achieve the desired result. This should be done after consultation with CityView staff so that technical feasibility can be determined. It is possible that the only way to achieve the desired result is through product enhancement, and that is better to establish before spending a lot of time trying to devise a self -implemented solution. Training Requirement Configuration Console includes sophisticated technical configuration tools. It has a full programming language built into it and the ability to add custom fields to the database schema. Use of the more advanced tools presupposes the user has a solid knowledge of database design and software development. For this reason, all users of Configuration Console's advanced tools should have a reasonable technical skill level; and, they should receive their Configuration Console training from a CityView trainer. Configuration Console has a security model that allows for some users to have access but not have permissions to use the more advanced tools. All configurations need to be thoroughly tested before being put into production. If you plan to do a significant amount of configuration or solution development, it is strongly recommended that you maintain a dedicated Development environment (separate from your Test environment.) CityView will not support any modification made by Configuration Console if it was made directly into a production environment without first being tested and deemed functional in a development or test environment. Furthermore, you may need to validate software upgrades or other deliverables from CityView in your Test environment and you don't want those test results to be obfuscated by other development work that you have in progress. 2 1 P a g e Minimizing the Number of Custom Objects While heavily customized environments introduce complexity and time to the upgrade process, custom objects that are created entirely by you do not impact the upgrade process. Complexity is only introduced when a core object is customized, as it then needs to be determined, at the time of the upgrade whether or not there is risk to the system as a whole if we cannot give you the latest version of that object. If the object was created by you in the first place (i.e. it does not exist at all in the CityView development copy) then there is no problem. Note, this primarily relates to out-of- the-box expressions, but it could also relate to reports and other system objects. The key is ensuring that you do not impact core objects while you are creating your own objects. For example, if you want to modify one of the out-of-the-box reports, consider creating a copy of it and modifying the copy instead. This way, your new objects are all self-contained and have no impact on other core objects. It also has the advantage that if CityView fixes a defect in that out-of- the-box report, you will still receive the benefit of the fix in a future upgrade. Likewise, if you need a SQL view to facilitate writing a new report, even if that view is very similar to a view that already exists in the system, it is recommended that you make a copy of the view and base your report off of the copy. That way, if our view changes in future versions, you will receive any benefits of those changes, and our changes will not adversely affect your report. Note: the Panel Override tools are designed to allow contextually relevant fields to be added (or removed) from the Workspace user interface (panels) without affecting the system specification. Maintaining a Single Source of Truth At various points, you may undertake a new project implementation with CityView or you may be in the midst of an application upgrade (colloquially referred to as a "merge"). While CityView is working with you on any kind of deliverable, you are not permitted to make use of Configuration Console. This applies to any of your onsite environments: Test, Production, and Development. The aforementioned process of comparing the development status of each object to determine what is being "merged" into Production, relies on a binary comparison of each object. There is no way to handle a situation where changes were made in a CityView development environment and changes were also made in an onsite environment (regardless of which one) and now we somehow have to piece all of those changes back together and get them all into Production. When you start a new project with CityView, your project manager will ask you to sign a "Phased Project Kickoff Acknowledgement", restating this requirement and ensuring your cooperation. Summary Configuration Console is a powerful configuration tool that allows you to change many behavioral aspects of your CityView solution. Modifying system application components could increase the complexity of upgrades and limit your ability to take advantage of the latest improvements that the CityView solution has to offer. 3 1 P a g e Changes made using Configuration Console that do not result in system objects being modified also do not impact your upgrade path. Changes that introduce complexity to the upgrade process will be manageable through the upgrade process provided the guidelines in this document have been followed and there is a not a large number of system objects that have been customized. Heavily customized environments that have not followed the guidelines document and best practices imparted during Configuration Console training may incur costs for environment upgrades. Any changes that are pushed into a production environment without being tested in a development or test environment first are not supported, Appendix A: Naming Conventions There are a few naming conventions that we follow rigorously and it helps us to easily identify modifications "at a glance" so that the upgrade process is easier. - Custom fields should always be prefaced with "att". This allows our staff to easily identify fields that are client -specific and not part of the CityView core schema. For example, if you wanted to add a field to track the Number of Employees for a Business, you might want to call it NumEmployees but we recommend that you call it attNumberEmployees. - Custom expressions names should always contain the identifier "C2". Similar to "att", this is not a technical requirement; it simply allows our staff to easily spot customer -created expressions. For example, if you wanted to create an expression that executes on the before value change event of the Permit Status field, you might want to call this expression bvcPermitStatus but we request that you call it bvcC2Perm itStatus. - Custom reports, views, searches, filters, etc. should also contain the identifier "C2" in their name so that our staff can easily identify them as custom objects. - Any custom expression should be commented (at the top) so that our staff can easily understand the purpose of the expression. - Any modification to a core expression should be commented with the "C2" identifier at the start and the end of the customized portion of the expression so that we can easily pick out which part of the code was customized. Expression Naming Conventions Use the following Matrix to define Expression Names. Expression Names are restricted to 25 characters or less so some truncating may be required. Prefix Table or Field Name Type Function bfa PRPermit BeforeAdd bvc PRPermit BeforeChange btn GNContact Button Update Contact dex Data Exchange dat Data Expresssion cal GNFee Calculated Total Fees def GNActivities:dateEntered Default Value Today's Date fmv File Move fil Filter Expression luf LookupContactType LookupFilter Filter for Inspectors flo Form load add PRPermit OnAdd ent PRPermit:Type OnEntry ext PRPermit:Type OnExit frm OnForm Show Status 5 1 P a g e Name bfaBIApplication bfcBIApplication btnGNContactUpdateContact dexCACashierBatch datCACashierTransform ca1GNFeeTotalFee defTodaysDate fmvPRMoveAttachment fi10EClosedCases lufLookupContactTypeInsp (Truncated) floCEActivityTracking addPRPermit entPRPermitType extPRPermitType frmShowPRPermitStatus pae sar dat dex utl sch tag web 6�Page OnPrintAll Search and Replace Data Expression Data Exchange Utility utlCalculateHoliday Scheduled schPermitExpiration Exp. Tag tagCELastInspected Expression Web Service Appendix B: Coding Standards To make your code as "supportable" as possible, you should follow our own coding standards. This will have the added benefit of helping you read and understand the expressions that exist (out-of- the-box) in your environment. Header At the top of each expression there will be a multiple line header comment. This comment block will be demarcated by a comment line with 37 '-' (lines up with end of expression name field). If at any point in the lifespan of the expression it is modified, use the format outlined below. Description: Sets PRInspection status to "Passed". Created: Vince Liderth Modified: Changed references from SubPermit to Permit. Application Object(s): PermitApplication ------------------------------------- Code Examples Commenting your Code User has unchecked the box. We need to close the ALERT record previously created by this inspection's stop work order: ForEachRecord( "ALERT" ) I£ (Alert:CauseRecorDID == PRInspection:RecordlD AND IsEqualNoCase (Alert:CauseTableField, "PRInspection:RecordID")) ALERT:Status = CONFIG:GNAlertClosedStatus ALERT:dateClose_d = Today MsgBox (True, "Stop Work Order removed. The related property alert has been closed.", "I") Break Endlf EndFor IF Statements dayOfWeekDateln = DayOfWeek (dateIn) flagWeakand = Palo* ; Date cannot fall on a weekend. If the datelN day of week falls on a weekend, advance dateIN the correct number of days to Monday: If (Val(dayOfWeekDateln) = 1) dateIn = dateIn + 1 flagWeekend = True Else If (Val (day0£WeekDateln) == 7) dateIn = dateIn + 2 flagWeekend = True Endif Endif FOR Loops ; Construct a list of reviews to add to the permit based on the inspections that have been added by the user: allReviews = "" inspectionReviews = "" counter = 0 endValue = CountSubstrings (inspectionTypes, `, , False) - 1 7 1 P a g e For (counter, 1, endValue, 1) thisInspection = GetStringSetween (inspectionTypes, ",", ", False, False, counter) inspectionReviews = SQLAggregate ("LookupPRlnspectionType", "DefaultReviews", "Min", Append ("Code = , thisInspection, ""')) allReviews = allReviews + "," + inspectionReviews EndFor Using Constants instead of Hard Coded Values Constants can be defined in CityView Manager in the Custom Application Settings table. NEW maxAlert = ContextAggregate ("Alert", "Type", "MAX", "Status = 10 111) ;HCV If (maxAlert < 2) maximumAlertLevel = CONFIG:AlertLevell Else maximumAlertLevel = _CONFIG:AlertLevel2 Endlf maxAlert = ContextAggregate ("Alert", "Type", "MAX", "Status = ' " + CONFIG:AlertOpenStatus + If (maxhlert < 2) maximumAlertLevel = CONFIG:AlertLevell Else maximumAlertLevel = _CONFIG:AlertLevel2 Endlf Naming Standards Table and field names: use Pascal Case (e.g.: "ApplicationNumber", "PLApplication") Exceptions: Date, boolean and historical field names will use Camel case (e.g.: 'permitNumber'): • dateEntered • flagSent • histAPN Variable names: use Camel Case Variables should be instantiated immediately following the expression header: parseString = "" counter = 0 The exceptions to this rule would be when the expression is long and it makes more sense to instantiate the variable closer to the place where it is used; or, when a variable is only needed in the scope of the IF or FOR block. Variable names should be descriptive, e.g. applicationNumber (as opposed to appNum) Do not prefix the variable with an indicator of its data type unless it is a date or boolean type. The name of the variable should be descriptive enough to indicate what its data type is. CityView functions names should be typed exactly as shown in the function list, e.g. CountSubstrings() not countsubstrings() 8 1 P a g e Schedule Standard Support Service Level Agreement (under separate r CITYVIEW STANDARD SUPPORT Service Level Agreement Version 2017.1 CIV &V CityView Standard Support - Service Level Agreement CITYVIEW STANDARD SUPPORT — SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT Contract Term: 1 Year (renewable annually) Support Channels: Web, Email or Telephone Support Requests Allowed: Unlimited Who Can Report: Individuals who are trained in the use of CityView can report issues to Customer Support. Hours of Coverage: Coverage hours are 8:00 a.m. to 8:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time from Monday through Friday, excluding CityView Technical Support observed holidays. (Only those statutory holidays that coincide between Canada and the United states are observed by CityView Technical Support.) Accessing Support: The preferred method of opening a support incident is to use our CityView Connect Feedback mechanism within the software. Telephone support requests should be preceded by filing a support request within CityView Connect web site, including a detailed problem description. Telephone support requests will be answered live during business days, though staff may be involved serving other customers. If your call is not answered live, please leave a message, including the support request tracking number you received from the electronic filing, your name and phone or pager number. Messages are typically responded to within two hours. Auto Acknowledgement: CityView Connect will assign a case number, accessible from the CityView Connect Feedback Status web page. Email and telephone correspondence will also result in cases being created and those will be available for review through the CityView Connect Feedback Status web page. Whenever the status of your incident changes, an email notification will automatically be sent to the individual that opened the call. Request Response Time: A technical support engineer will respond to all requests within the time frames specified in Table 1. Business hours are 8:00 a.m. to 8:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time from Monday through Friday, excluding CityView Technical Support observed holidays. Only those statutory holidays that coincide between Canada and the United States are observed by CityView Technical Support. We process requests in the order of their priority followed by order of submission. What we will do if we don't hear back from you: If we don't hear back from you in ten business days, we will close your support request and mark it as "Closed /No response from customer." Resolution of Bug -Related Requests: We will keep your request open and follow up when a fix is available in a production release. We will also contact you if we post an experimental build that will help with your problem. What We Need to Help You CityView wants to be as responsive as possible to your support needs. To accomplish this goal, the CityView customer support staff relies on your knowledge, self-sufficiency, and thoroughness during the troubleshooting process. You reap the benefits from this effort — it allows CityView to focus on the more difficult problems and make the product more robust. It also helps control the amount CityView charges for support. • Knowledge: You should be experienced in the installation, operation, and maintenance of the hardware, desktop, and network operating systems, and applications in your environment before you install CityView. Page 2 CityView 0 2018 Offiew CityView Standard Support — Service Level Agreement • Self-sufficiency: Please be as self-sufficient as possible when you encounter problems. You can do this by referring to technical documentation for your environment and by searching our CityView Connect Help site to determine if your issue is addressed before you submit it to our customer support staff. Complete information: As with any troubleshooting process, accurate and timely resolution depends on information. When you request support, please fill in all relevant fields in the request form, provide a detailed problem description, and attach any appropriate log files. Please note that using the CityView Connect Feedback mechanism within the product records most of this information automatically; therefore, it is the preferred way to submit a request to support because it guarantees we get this information with minimal effort from you. Unfortunately, when the request information is incomplete, it will take longer to resolve your issue. • Preparation: If you call us for support, be prepared to provide the same level of information as is requested on the request submission form. You can help reduce the time to resolution by completing the online support request form and attaching files as directed. Then, simply provide us with the request number when you call. In addition, please have immediate access to the computer(s) on which CityView products are running. How to Access Support CityView offers several methods of accessing support described below. Please note that for Priority 1 (see Table 1) issues, customers are encouraged to submit their incident online and then follow up via CityView's toll-free phone number: CityView Connect is the best way to receive support for our product. This feature is available from the Home tab of the ribbon in CityView Desktop as well as in many of our add-on products. Home Print Data 461k 744 Help Feedback Feedback Status CityView Connect CityView Connect Feedback (preferred method) If there is a feature you are having trouble using, or, if there is a feature you really like, please let our team know about it. Within CityView, use the Feedback button to let us know about your question or inquiry. If you have a feature request for our team, please use this method to let us know what you would like to see in the product. The information can also include screenshots and documents to help describe your feedback. • CityView Connect Help The Help button will redirect your internet browser to our CityView Connect Help site (httr)://cityviewhelt).iharriscomputer.com/CilyViewCMS ). The site is available for customer self-service, and is comprised of a searchable content management system and downloadable updates, including links to our release notes and latest features. Page 3 CityView © 2018 CiMew CityView Standard Support — Service Level Agreement • CityView Connect Feedback Status Our CityView Connect Feedback Status link redirects to our Connect Feedback website (http://ciniewsupport.harriscomputer,com/connect ). This site will allow users to log new support incidents and check the status of previously submitted incidents on a 24 x 7 basis. Please contact our support group by telephone or email if there are preferred individuals who should be able to review all site calls. • Telephone Support Telephone technical support is available between the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 8:30 p.m. Eastern Standard Time on regular business days. Customers can contact us toll-free at 1.866.988.8324. CityView technical support will respond to telephone inquiries using the Service Level Agreement provided in Table 1 below. • Email Support Email support is available by reaching our support team at ciiniewsupportgharriscomputer.com Please note that any suggestions for enhancements to CityView that you submit will become the property of CityView. CityView may use this information for any CityView business purposes, without restriction, including for product support and development. CityView will not use information in a form that personally identifies you. Limitations The following are not covered by CityView's Standard Support Agreement, but may be available as separate services on a time and materials basis: a) Services required due to misuse of CityView maintained software; b) Services required due to software corrections, customizations, or modifications not developed by CityView; c) Services required by the Customer to be performed by CityView outside of CityView's regular business hours; d) Services required to resolve or work -around problems that cannot be reproduced in CityView's support environment; e) Services which relate to tasks other than maintenance of the Customer's existing implementation and configuration of CityView, including but not limited to, enhancing or adapting CityView for specific operating environments; t) Services requested by the Customer to implement software updates provided by CityView. Page 4 CityView 0 2018 CflWiew CityView Standard Support - Service Level Agreement Table 1. Service Level Agreement Priority Definition Initial Commitment (CityView and Customer) Examples Response Time* 1 Operation/Service down or 2 Hours CityView and customer will commit • Users cannot login critically impacted. Business necessary resources to fix problem or . Business process halted (High) process impacted. No known obtain a workaround. workaround. 2 Operation affected, but not down. 4 Hours CityView and customer will commit • Cannot print Business process is not affected. resources during normal business hours to Cannot process payments (Medium) Workaround may be available. resolve issue or obtain workaround. • Application response is exceptionally slow 3 Moderate to negligible impact. No 24 Hours CityView and customer will commit • Non critical feature not working impact to business. necessary resources during normal . Feature works but requires user (Normal) business hours to restore operation to intervention satisfactory levels. 4 Request for information, 48 Hours Request -dependent. • Help file clarification documentation issues, and (Info.) enhancement requests. Form design not in production * Response time targets are during business hours only. Obtaining More Information Information about our support programs may be obtained by contacting the CityView support team at 1.800.665.5647, or via email at cityviewsupportgharriscomputer.com. Page 5 CityView 0 2018 Schedule "E" - Third Party Software Third Party Software The following third party software is required but not provided by CityView and must be licensed by Licensee directly from the applicable third party vendor, subject to such third party vendor's terms and conditions: Third Party Software Product Third Party Vendor License Terms Bluebeam Revu Bluebeam Incorporated www.bluebeam.com/us/license/eula.as Bluebeam Studio Prime Bluebeam Incorporated See attached document CityView agrees to collect the applicable license fees from Licensee for the Bluebeam Software and shall issue a purchase order to Bluebeam Incorporated on behalf of Licensee for the Bluebeam Software. Bluebeam Incorporated shall deliver the Bluebeam Software directly to Licensee. CityView shall have no responsibility for the Bluebeam Software other than to issue a purchase order in accordance with this paragraph and other than its warranty of overall system performance as set forth in this Agreement. IIIRUXMMNCRG�W �,.�UL These Terms of Service ("TOS") represent a binding Agreement by (referred to herein as "You" and "Your" and "Licensee") concerning the Bluebeam Studio Prime software service ("Software" or "Software Service") licensed from Bluebeam, Inc. ("BLUEBEAM"). J ri M RIVIRTH11 " 0 0.174 .11 RU D1 1.1 WHO no wool. I OW6361 PREVENT UNAUTHORIZED USE. THIS TECHNOLOGY MAY AUTOMATICALLY CONNECT TO THE INTERNET OR PROMPT YOU TO CONTACT BLUEBEAM AND MAY PREVENT USES OF THE SOFTWARE THAT ARE NOT PERMITTED. 1. Acceptance. Your use of the Bluebeam Studio Prime Service as described below is subject to these Terms of Service, the Bluebeam Studio Terms of Use Agreement, the Bluebeam End User License Agreement ("EULA") for Bluebeam Revu@ and the Bluebeam Online Privacy Policy ("the Documentation"). The Documentation shall also include, without limitation, any printed materials or electronic data provided by or obtained from Bluebeam with regard to Studio Prime. You can find the most recent EULA and Privacy Policy respectively at http://bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/, http://www.bluebeam.com/Revu/EULA and http://www.bluebeam.com/us/company/privacy- policy.asp. Studio is run and operated by Bluebeam, and by choosing to accept these Terms of Service, You agree to be bound by a) the Documentation and b) the laws of the Unites States of America. 2. Software License. Subject to the payment of all applicable license fees, and the termsand conditions of these TOS, Bluebeam hereby grants to You a limited, non-sublicens able, non- exclusive, non -transferable right to use the Software Services in the manner and for the purposes described in the Documentation. 3. User Level. You may not have more Users than the Allowed Number of Users within Your selected User Level. The User Level and the Allowed Number of Users is indicated on the accompanying Invoice issued by Bluebeam or is communicated through Your reseller. 4. Annual Subscription Fee and Renewal. The annual subscription fee for Studio Prime licensing is based on the selected User Level. The pricing for each Renewal year will be determined by BLUEBEAM'S pricing on the Renewal Date as posted on BLUEBEAM's website ("Current Pricing"). For customers residing in the United States and Canada, MSRP is listed on BLUEBEAM'S website (www.bluebeam.com) in US dollars, For all other customers, BLUEBEAM'S international websites contain Global Pricing and are subject to the currency exchange rates. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing and signed by BLUEBEAM, the terms of this Agreement will apply to all future Renewals. The subscription will be renewed at the same User Level unless a request to change User Levels is made at least five days prior to the Renewal Date. BLUEBEAM agrees to provide a reminder to You at least thirty (30) days in advance of the Renewal Date. On the Renewal Date, an invoice will be issued if purchased directly through BLUEBEAM or your credit card will be charged. For any orders placed through a third party, it will be YOUR responsibility to renew the annual subscription prior to the expiration date. Fees for the annual subscription are non- transferable. Refunds are only given within 30 days of the initial subscription. You must notify BLUEBEAM within 30 days of the Start Date to receive a refund. After the initial 30 days have passed, all fees are nonrefundable. There are no refunds for renewals. 5. Change of User Level, At any time during the current paid for period, You may request a change for the current or upcoming year to an appropriate User Level. If you want to change your User Level, the prorated fee paid for the remainder of the subscription period will be applied to your current subscription. If no changes are made prior to Your Renewal Date, and you do not cancel, you will be renewed at the same User Level at the Current Pricing. No refunds will be given, even if you decrease your User Level and the prorated fee for the remainder of the year is greater than the new subscription. Any attempt to change to a User Level supporting less than the Current Total Users will not be accepted. 6. Payment Terms. On the Start Date and subsequent Renewal Dates, You agree to pay, up -front the Annual Subscription Fee for one year. If the Annual Subscription Fee is not paid within thirty days of the Start Date or Renewal Date, BLUEBEAM has the right to revoke access to Software Services and terminate the license, preventing further access under this license. To regain access, You will have to purchase a new User Level based on your Current Total Users at the Current Pricing with a Renewal Date twelve (12) months from the new start date. 7. BLUEBEAM reserves the right to periodically conduct audits upon a thirty (30) day advance written notice to verify compliance with the terms of these TOS. 8. BLUEBEAM Customer Contact. If You have any questions concerning these TOS, or if You would like to contact BLUEBEAM for any other reason, please call (6 26) 788-4100, orwrite: Bluebeam, Inc., 55 South Lake Ave., Suite 900, Pasadena, California 91101 USA, Attention: Account Services. You may also reach us athttp:www.bluebeam.com/us/contact. Please provide the information (Name, phone number and valid Studio ID) for the Studio account to which the Studio Prime license will be assigned. The assigned Studio account can be changed at a later date, without any effect on these TOS, but a Studio Prime license cannot be issued without being assigned to a Studio account. For directions on how to create a Studio ID go to http://www.bluebeam.com/createstudioaccount. Name: Studio ID (email used to access Studio): Initial Subscription Start Date: Renewal Date: To renew the annual subscription for my Level I agree to send payment to my reseller on or by the Start Date and subsequent Renewal Dates. By signing below, I agree, on behalf of the Licensee, to be bound by the Documentation and the laws of the United States of America. LICENSEE: Signature: Name (Printed): Title: Date: Schedule F &11 v;" ! 10121utuou By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13- 10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of services on behalf of the City of Milton has registered with, is authorized to use and uses the federal work authorization program commonly known as E -Verify, or any subsequent replacement program, in accordance with the applicable provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91. Furthermore, the undersigned contractor will continue to use the federal work authorization program throughout the contract period and the undersigned contractor will contract for the physical performance of services in satisfaction of such contract only with subcontractors who present an affidavit to the contractor with the information required by O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91(b). Contractor hereby attests that its federal work authorization user identification number and date of authorization are as follows: 401203 eVerify Number Date of Authorization CityView an unincorporated division N. Harris Computer Corporation Name of Contractor Electronic Plan Review, Permitting & Insl2ections Software Name of Project City of Milton Name of Public Employer I hereby declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and coffect ' f) Executed on M P�vC Lj�_, 201?ink;�K-4�—rrclm-'V-) 6q.y 0C ( province). Signature of Autho4ed Officer or Agent Sean ffi�ins, Executive Vice President - Cityviow Printed Name and Title of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE LQ:DAY OF 201 j. NOTARY PUBLIC CHARMAINETINE- NOTARY PUBLIC fNOTARY SEAL)7159 B West Saanich Road Brentwood Bay, BC V8M 1P Telephone 250-652-4321 1 My Commission Expires: a 2002-2018 -br. -d. Protected by U.S. Patents 7,600,193; 7,600,198; 7,907,794; 7,971,149; 8,244,036; 8,443,280; 8,509,535; 8,737,746; 8,990,681. Protected by European Patent 1958056. Protected by Australian Patents 2006316845; 2006316858; 2008209631; 2008209632. Other Patents Pending in the U.S. and/or other countries. Copyright law and international treaties protect this computer software program. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this software program, or any portion of it, will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under law and may result in civil and criminal penalties. �:. � �—� � � ` � � :. , , i,_ ! '._ a ; i:�i ;._� t , ,,- IFS ':! / •, • • SOFTWARE. Single User License. a. Subject to Licensee's continuous compliance with this EULA and payment of the applicable license fees ("License Fees"), Bluebeam grants Licensee a limited, non-exclusive, personal, non-sublicensable, non -transferable right and license to download, install and use one (1) copy of the Software (a "Seat") on one (1) personal computer (a "Device") for use by one (1) end-user (a "Licensed User") in accordance with the terms of this EULA. b. Even though copies of the Software may be provided on media of different formats, copies of the Software on different media formats do not constitute multiple licenses of the Software. c. Licensee may only use the Software in connection with the internal conduct of Licensee's business. 2. License Restrictions. Except where Bluebeam is required to permit such activity under the terms of an applicable open source license or applicable law, Licensee may not: a. Use any software, hardware or other services (i) to bypass any of the terms, conditions or restrictions set forth herein or any application technology restrictions; or (ii) to modify the number of Devices, Licensed Users or Seats that access or utilize the Software outside of the validly licensed number of each, including for purposes of "multiplexing," "pooling," or "virtualization" (i.e., the validly licensed Devices, Licensed Users or Seats must equal the number of distinct inputs to the multiplexing or pooling software or hardware "front end"). If the number of Devices or Licensed Users that can connect toanindividual Seat exceeds aone'to-oneratio orhas the potential tmexceed the Vne-to-oneratio, Licensee shall be|nbreach 0fthis EULAand required tVimmediately cease such actions and/or license additional Seats of the Software to maintain the one-to-one ratio. Failure totake corrective action isgrounds for immediate termination ofthis EULA| Modify orcreate any derivative works based on the Software, including custornization, translation, or localization; (ii) clecompile, disassemble, reverse engineer, or otherwise attempt to derive the source code of the Software, or in any way ascertain, decipher, or obtain the communications protocols for accessing the Software, or the underlying ideas or algorithms of the Software (e.g, in an effort to develop other applications or services that provide similar or substitute or complimentary functionality to the Software), except where such activity is permitted byapplicable law; c. redistribute, encumber, sell, rent, lease, sublicense, loan, assign, commercialize or otherwise transfer rights to the Software or make any similar commercial use of the Software, except where such activity is permitted by applicable law; d. Benefit from the Software via a facility management, timesharing, service bureau or other arrangement or allow athird party (indudinQ,without limitation, Licensee's parent, affiliates, subsidiaries, employees oragents) to so benefit; e. Provide access to the Software with the intention ofprocessing the data ofanother entity (including, without limitation, Licensee's parent, affiliates, subsidiaries, employees or agents); f. use the Software on Devices that are not under Licensee's exclusive control; Q. remove oralter any trademark, logo, copyright orother proprietary notices, legends, symbols orlabels in or on the Software; and reproduce, republish, display, frame, download (except asexpressly authorized herein),distribute, or transmit the Software; (ii) copy, reproduce, reuse in another product orservice, modify, alter, or display in any manner any software orfiles, orparts thereof, included aspart ofthe Software; and Use the Software in an attempt to, or in conjunction with, any device, program or service designed to circumvent technological measures employed to control access to, or the rights in, a content file orother work protected by the copyright laws ofany jurisdiction. 3. Archival Copy. Licensee may make one (1) archival copy of the Software solely for back-up and archival purposes. Licensee agrees that the archival copy will contain the same proprietary notices that appear on and in the Software and related Documentation, 4. Updates. B|uebeann may, in its sole discretion, make bug fixes, updates, patches and/or service packs available to address certain issues orfeatures that may not beworking asintended ortoadd oractivate minor enhancements or compatibility (each an" ). Updates are made available free of charge and are subject to all of the terms and conditions ofthis EULA. 5. Upgrades. B|uebeann may, in its sole discretion, offer new versions of the Software that replace the prior version in its entirety and offer significant changes and improvements over the prior version (each an"Uuorade"). Upon release of an Upgrade, Bluebeam's obligation to support the previous versions may end. Upgrades are not licensed to Licensee in this EULA unless otherwise agreed in writing by 8|uebeom. If an Upgrade is licensed by Licensee, the previous version of the Software must be removed from Licensee's Device and no further use or access is permitted except archival copies inaccordance with Section 3above. G. Ownership and Reservation of Rights. a. Software. All right, title and interest in and to the Software, including without limitation all copyrights, patents (whether pending or issued), trade secret rights, trademarks and other intellectual property rights, are owned and retained by 8luebeam. The Software and Documentation are protected by patent copyright and/or other intellectual property laws ofthe United States and other countries and bVinternational treaty provisions. Except as expressly set forth herein, Licensee's possession, use or installation of the Software does not grant Licensee any intellectual property rights inthe Software and all rights, title, and interest not expressly granted are reserved umebeamEnd User License Agreement D_.,V`�~~~~``" by Bluebeam. All rights not expressly granted by Bluebeam are hereby reserved. Licensee agrees that itwill not take any action to interfere with B|uebeanU's ownership of or rights in the Softvvan2. b. Licensee Content.Tide, ownership rights and intellectual property rights in and to any documents, information, materials, and other content created by Licensee ("Licensee ) in connection with Licensee's use of the Software shall be retained by Licensee and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property |avvy. Bluebearn receives only such limited license as is necessary to host and access the Licensee Content in order to make the Software and related services available to Licensee. l Fees and Payments. a. Purchases from Bluebeam. If purchased directly from 8|uebeam, Licensee agrees to pay B\uebeem the Licensee Fees on the date Licensee downloads the Software or the date that the thirty (30) day trial ands, whichever is later. All new or incremental licenses of additional Software are licensed as priced at the time of purchase, not at prices previously paid oradvertised. Purchases from an Authorized Reseller. If You purchase the Software through a 0uebeam authorized reseller (a "Reseller"), You agree to pay Reseller such fee as may be published by Reseller or mutually agreed upon between You and Reseller. You further acknowledge and agree that the Reseller has no authority to bind Bluebeam, provide any warranty or other commitment or obligation on behalf of 8|uebeam or the Software, or to modify any the terms of this EULA. c. Maintenance Fees. Provided You elect to purchase an annual Maintenance subscription, You agree to pay all Maintenance Fees directly to B|uebeom or to the Reseller to which You paid the License Fee, as applicable. Maintenance isprovided byB|uebeaminaccordance with Addendum A attached hereto and incorporated herein bythis reference. d. Enterprise License Fees. Provided you elect to purchase an Enterprise License subscription, You agree to pay the ELS Fee directly to Bluebeam or to the Resellerto which You paid the License Fee, as applicable. Enterprise License subscriptions are provided by Bluebeam in accordance with Addendum B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. 8. Right to Audit. 0uebeam reserves the right to periodically conduct audits ofLicensee's use and installation records related to the Software to verify compliance with the terms of this EULA (each an "Audit"). Licensee shall begiven no less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of8|uabeann's intent to conduct an Audit. Audits will be conducted during Licensee's normal business hours and will occur no more than once in any twelve (12) month period. In the event an Audit shows that Licensee is using or accessing Software that is not licensed or is beyond the terms of this EULA, 8{uebeomn shall have the right to immediately invoice Licensee for the unauthorized use, including applicable late fees and interest otthe legally allowable rate, and the reasonable costs of the Audit. {fLicensee fails topay such invoice on Net 30 terms, Bluebeam may terminate this EULA in additional to all other remedies that may be available to|tin law o,inequity. Limited Warranty. Bluebeam represents and warrants that the Software will perform substantially in accordance with the Documentation when used on the recommended operating system and hardware configuration. If the Software does not perform substantially in accordance with the Documentation, the entire liability of Bluebeam and Licensee's exclusive remedy will be limited to either, at Licensee's option, replacement of the Software or a refund ofthe License Fee paid byLicensee. b. DISCLAIMER. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and except for the Limited Warranty set forth herein, THE SOFTWARE (AND ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION) IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER BY STATUTE, COMMON LAW, USAGE, INDUSTRY CUSTOM, OR OTHERWISE AS TO ANY MATTER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO PERFORMANCE, NON -INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS, INTEGRATION, CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET POSSESSION, SECURITY, QUALITY OR WORKMANSHIP, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR A LACK OF VIRUSES. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. muebeomEnd User License Agreement 10. indemnification. The parties hereto agree to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other party and its directors, officers, and employees (the "Indemnified Party") from and against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, penalties, taxes, liabilities, judgments, settlements, reasonable attorneys' fees, claims, demands, actions, suits, proceedings or other causes of action of any nature (individually and collectively referred to herein as "Damages") arising out of any breach of the terms and conditions of this EULA by the non -indemnified Party. inaddition, Licensee agrees todefend, indemnify and hold harmless B|uebeam and its officers, directors, employees, affiliates and agents from and against any Damages arising out of claims related to (a) Licensee's use of the Software, (b) Licensee or any of the Licensed User's violation of this EULA, (c) any infringement or violation by Licensee of any intellectual property or other right of any person or third party, or (ix) if the Software is exported from the United States, export duties or other claims arising from such exportation. The Indemnified Party agrees to promptly notify the other party in writing of any such claim for Damages or threat thereof, allow the other party sole control over the defense and/or settlement of such claim through counsel of the other party's choice, and give the other party all reasonably requested information and assistance toenable the defense and/or settlement ofthe claim. 11. Infringement Indemnification. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 11, B|uebeann agrees to defend indemnify and hold harmless Licensee against any and all Damages arising out of or relating to a third party claim that the Software violates, misappropriates or infringes upon any issued U.S. patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret or other intellectual property right owned bysuch third party. a. The indemnification provided in this Section L11 is expressly conditioned upon (i) Licensee giving B|uebeam immediate notice in writing of any such third party claim or threat thereof; (ii) Licensee permitting Bluebeam sole control, through counsel of 8|uebeam'u choice, to defend and/or settle the claim; and (iii) Licensee giving B!uebeam all reasonably requested information, assistance and authority, at8|uebeam'sexpense, toenable 8|uebeamtodefend orsettle such claim. Licensee may participate inthe defense ofsuch claim with counsel of Licensee's choice and stLicensee's sole expense. b. The indemnification provided inthis Section 11will not apply toany claim tothe extent such claims arises from or relates to (a) use of the Software not in accordance with the Documentation (b) any modification, alteration or conversion of the Software not created or approved in writing by B|uebeam, (c) any combination or use of the Software with any computer, hardware, software, service or data not approved by 8|uebeam where the infringement arises out of such combination or use, (d) Bluebeam's compliance with specifications, requirements or requests of Licensee, or (e) Licensee's gross negligence or willful misconduct. c. If the Software becomes, or Bluebeam reasonably determines that the Software is likely to become subject to a claim of infringement for which Bluebeam must indemnify Licensee as described in this Section 11, Bluebeam may at its option (U procure for Licensee the right to continue to access and use the Software; (ii) replace or modify the Software snthat it becomes non -infringing without causing a material negative effect onthe functionality provided by the infringing version; or (III) if neither (i) or (ii) are viable options, remove the infringing part of the Software and refund Licensee a portion of the Licensee Fee paid which shall be negotiated in good faith with Licensee considering the materiality of the portion of the Software that is removed. d. This Section 11 states the entire liability and obligation of Bluebeam and the exclusive remedy of Licensee with respect to any claims of infringement relating to or arising out of the Software. f-2. Limitation of Liability. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER NO LEGAL THEORY, WHETHER IN TORT, CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BLUEBEAM OR ITS AFFILIATES, SUPPLIERS OR RESELLERS BE LIABLE TO LICENSEE OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF GOODWILL, LOSS OF CONFIDENTIAL OR OTHER INFORMATION, FOR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, WORK STOPPAGE, COMPUTER FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, FOR PERSONAL INJURY, LOSS OF PRIVACY, FOR FAILURE TO MEET ANY DUTY INCLUDING A DUTY OF GOOD FAITH OR OF REASONABLE CARE, FOR NEGLIGENCE, AND FOR ANY OTHER PECUNIARY OR OTHER LOSS WHATSOEVER) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, OR OTHERWISE UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY PROVISION OF THIS EULA, EVEN IN THE EVENT OF FAULT, NEGLIGENCE, BREACH OF CONTRACT, OR BREACH OF WARRANTY BY BLUEBEAM, ITS RESELLERS OR ITS SUPPLIERS, AND EVEN IF BLUEBEAM OR ITS SUPPLIERS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT WILL BLUEBEAM, ITS omebeamand User License Agreement "--°`^—'-~`""° RESELLERS OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE LICENSES FEES PAID FOR TAE SOFTWARE HEREUNDER, IF ANY. 13. Term and Termination. a. Term. This EULA is effective as of the date the Softwareis downloaded by Licensee (the "Effective ) and shall continue until terminated by Bluebeam or Licensee as provided herein (the ). b. Termination by Bluebeam. Bluebeam may terminate this EULA upon the occurrence of any of the following: i. Immediately and without notice if Licensee fails to make any payment as required hereunder; ii At the expiration of a thirty (30) day cure period and upon written notice to the breaching party in the event ofabreach ofthis EULA that iscapable ofbeing cured within thirty (3O)days; iii. Immediately and without notice ifLicensee ceases to do business asa going concern, becomes the object of the institution of voluntary or involuntary proceedings in bankruptcy or liquidation, which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the initial filing ora receiver is appointed with respect to a substantia portion of its assets. c Termination by Licensee. Licensee may terminate this EULA at any time, with or without cause, upon providing 0uebeannwith thirty (3U)days written notice oftermination. d. Effect of Termination. Upon the termination of this EULA, the license provided herein shall immediately cease and Licensee shall (I) discontinue use of the Software; (ii) unregister the Software from all Devices; and (iii) delete and/or destroy all copies of the Software including all copies or extracts of the documentation but excluding one (1)archival copy. e. Survival. The yo}|om/inQ sections shall survive the termination or expiration of this EULA: Section "License Restrictions"; Sectio[L3 "Archival Copy"; Section "Ownership and Reservation of Rights"; Section 8"Right to Audit" for a period of three (3) years; Section 9.b. "Disdaimer";Section L12 "Limitation of Liability"; Section 15 "Confidentiality"; Section 16 "Additional Provisions — Software Features"; Section 17"Licensed User Data; Consent; Transfer; and 5ecurity^; Section l9"Export [nntro|s°;and Section 20"General Terms". 14. Government Users; Pre -Release Users; Educational Users. a United States Government Users. The Software and documentation qualify as"commercial computer software" and "commercial computer software documentation," respectively, pursuant to DFAR Section 227.7202 and FAR Section 1I212, as applicable. Government users acquire the Software and documentation with only those rights herein that apply to non -govern mental customers and any use, modification, reproduction, release, performance, display or disclosure of the Software and accompanying documentation shall be governed solely bythe terms of this Agreement and shall be prohibited except to the extent expressly permitted by the terms of this Agreement. b. . Pre -commercial releases orbeta software releases ("Beta )do not represent afinal commercial software application and may contain bugs, errors, inconsistencies or other problems that can cause system or other failures and/or data loss. if you elect to participate in B|uebeam's beta program, your use and license of the Beta Software will be governed by this EULA and a separate beta program agreement and nondisclosure agreement. All rights hereunder to the Beta Software will terminate upon the commercial release of such Beta Software. YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, USE OF THE BETA SOFTWARE |SATYOUR SOLE RISK AND THAT THE BETA SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND "AS AVAILABLE" WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITH NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. BLUE8EAW1 HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE BETA SOFTWARE, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, AND NON -INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. c. Educational Users. If You licensed the Software as part of Bluebeam's academic program, You warrant and represent that You are a current and registered student or faculty member (full-time, part-time or adjunct) with a public or private high school or an accredited college or university. Academic verification is required and you must submit a valid academic email address. Alumni do not qualify. Limited one (1) Seat per educational end- mueue,mEnd User License Agreement "--°`^~'^-`'°" 15. Confidentiality. a. Except as otherwise authorized by the relevant party in writing, Bluebeam and Licensee will keep confidential all non-public information reasonably disclosed by or on behalf of, and belonging to, the other party in connection with the transactions contemplated bythis EULA and Licensee's use of the Software, provided however, Bluebeam is permitted to use and disclose Licensed User Data to the extent permitted by Section 16(e) below. b. The receiving party will protect the other party's confidential information with the same degree of care as it uses to protect its own confidential information, and may share the confidential information with its advisors and consultants and authorized affiliates who are bound by confidentiality obligations consistent with the receiving party's obligations. If the receiving party receives a request pursuant to a court order, governmental body request or other legal process to disclose the other party's confidential information, the receiving party will promptly notify the other party and provide reasonable assistance to maintain the confidentiality of such information. The receiving party will not be subject to confidentiality obligations for confidential information that (a) at the time of receipt was already known to it without confidentiality obligations; (b) becomes publicly known through no wrongful act of the receiving party; (c) was received from a third party without confidentiality obligations or knowledge that the information was subject to confidentiality obligations; (d) was disclosed to third parties by the other party without confidentiality obligations; (e) is independently developed by the receiving party without use of the confidential information of the other party, or (f) was released pursuant to prior written authorization by the other party. 16. Additional Provisions — Software Features. a. Internet Access. The Software allows Licensee to access the Internet. Bluebeam does not control, endorse or accept responsibility for any online services or websites offered by third parties that Licensee or the Licensed Users may access via the Software. Any transaction between Licensee and a third party in connection with a website or online service, including the delivery of and payment for goods or services and any other terms or conditions, warranties or representations associated with such transactions, are between Licensee and the third party. ANY USE OF THIRD PARTY WEBSITES AND ONLINE SERVICES IS AT YOUR OWN RISK AND BLUEBEAM PROVIDES NO WARRANTY OR INDEMNIFICATION RELATED TO SUCH USE OR ACCESS. b. Digital Certificates and Signatures. The Software allows Licensee to use digital signatures. The Software uses digital certificates to sign and validate signatures within PDF files and to validate certified PDF files. Licensee's Device may access the Internet in order to validate or certify a digital certificate that is self -signed or issued by a third party. The purchase, use, and application of digital certificates are Licensee's sole responsibility and undertaken at Licensee's own risk. ANY USE OF THIRD PARTY DIGITAL CERTIFICATES IS AT YOUR OWN RISK AND BLUEBEAM PROVIDES NO WARRANTY OR INDEMNIFICATION RELATED TO SUCH USE CERTIFICATES. Further, Licensee agrees to hold Bluebeam harmless from any and all liabilities, losses, actions, damages, or claims arising out of or relating to the use of, or the reliance on, any digital certificate or service of a certificate authority. c. Third Party Applications. Use of third party software or applications or the integration of such software or applications with the Software ("Third Party Applications") may result in the Licensee Content being transferred to a third party. Bluebeam is not responsible for and Licensee agrees to hold Bluebeam harmless for any data or materials (including the Licensee Content) transferred to third parties in connection with your use of Third Party Applications. ANY USE OF THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS IS AT YOUR OWN RISK AND BLUEBEAM PROVIDES NO WARRANTY OR INDEMNIFICATION RELATED TO SUCH USE. d. Open Source Software. The Software may contain certain open source software. The license terms for open source software and information on obtaining access to the source code to which you are entitled under the applicable open source licenses as available to you at www.bluebeam.com/eula. If you have any questions regarding this link or the information regarding open source software, please contact us at copyright@bluebeam.com. 17. Licensed User Data; Consent; Transfer; and Security. a. Definitions. "Personal Information" means any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person. "Licensed User Data" includes both Personal Information and non -personal information about Licensee and Licensee's Licensed Users including, without limitation, Licensee's name, Licensee's address, Licensee's telephone Bluebeam End User License Agreement number (including those telephone numbers assigned by Licensee to its Licensed Users), Licensed User names, Licensed User email addresses, Licensee and/or Licensed User IP Addresses, and Licensed User computer names. b. What Information We Collect. Bluebeam collects, transmits, stores and uses Licensed User Data to (i) contact Licensee concerning Licensee's rights and obligations, the availability of Updates and Upgrades, and the performance of the Software; (ii) respond to Licensee's inquires and feedback; (iii) verify Licensed Users and Devices and compliance with the terms of this EULA; (iv) meet regulatory requirements; and (v) understand and assist Licensee and the Licensed Users with bugs, error reports, crash logs and other problems discovered with the Software. The Software may automatically connect to Bluebeam's servers via the internet to communicate with Bluebeam for purposes such as license validation and to check for the availability of Updates and Upgrades. Bluebeam may disclose Licensed User Data in accordance with applicable law. c. Aggregated Data. Bluebeam and its authorized affiliates use Licensed User Data, specifically excluding Personal Information, in combination with data from other users to analyze, develop, manage and deliver the Software and Upgrades and Updates to the Software as well as to understand feature usage, performance, and other legitimate business purposes related to understanding, developing and providing Bluebeam's products and services. d. Transfer of Data to the US. If Licensee and/or Licensed Users are located in the European Economic Area ("EEA"), Licensee and the Licensed Users hereby expressly consent to the transfer of Licensed User Data to a location outside of the EEA. e. Reasonable Security Measures. Bluebeam shall implement and maintain commercially reasonable and appropriate technical, administrative, and physical safeguards and security methods designed to prevent any unauthorized release, access to or publication of Licensed User Data. Bluebeam shall implement processes and maintain procedures designed to comply with applicable privacy laws. If Bluebeam engages a subcontractor or affiliate to facilitate its obligations under the Agreement, Bluebeam shall use commercially reasonable measures to ensure that such subcontractor and/or affiliate implements and complies with reasonable security measures in handling any Licensed User Data. 18. Suggestions. If Licensee provides Bluebeam with any suggested improvements to the Software, then that suggestion is provided as is and unrestricted. No suggestion will be deemed the confidential information of Licensee. Licensee grants Bluebeam a nonexclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, royalty free, worldwide license, with rights to transfer, sublicense, sell, use, reproduce, display, and make derivative works of such suggestions. 19. Export Controls. LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE SOFTWARE AND RELATED TECHNOLOGY AND DOCUMENTATION ARE SUBJECT TO THE EXPORT LAWS AND REGULATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE U.S. EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS (COLLECTIVELY THE "EXPORT LAWS"). THESE LAWS INCLUDE RESTRICTIONS ON DESTINATIONS, END USERS AND END USE OF THE SOFTWARE. Licensee shall not export or re-export, or allow the export or re-export of the Software or any technology, documentation or information it obtains or learns pursuant to this EULA (or any direct product thereof) in violation of any such Export Laws. Licensee shall obtain and bear all expenses relating to any necessary licenses and/or exemptions with respect to the export of the Software from the United States or other fulfillment locations into another country in compliance with all Export Laws. The Software and related technology and documentation are prohibited for export or re-export to a number of countries, including without limitation, Cuba, Crimea, Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, Sudan, and Syria, and to any person or entity on the U.S. Department of Commerce's Denied Persons List or affiliated lists, on the U.S. Department of Treasury's Specially Designated Nationals List or on any U.S. Government export exclusion lists. Licensee warrants, represents, covenants and agrees that to the best of its knowledge, neither Licensee nor its owners, officers, directors, employees or anyone affiliated or associated with Licensee, whether by common ownership, by contract, or otherwise, has been designated as, or is, a terrorist, a "Specially Designated National" or a "Blocked Person" under U.S. Executive Order 13224, in lists published by the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control, or otherwise. a. Governing Law and Arbitration. This EULA shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, excluding California's choice -of -law principles, and all claims relating to or arising out of this contract, or the breach thereof, whether sounding in contract, tort or otherwise, shall likewise be governed by Bluebeam End User License Agreement Dn "AD X1_r ;..w Ini0 the bvvs of the State of California, excluding California's choice -of -law principles. The application of the United Nations Convention ofContracts for the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded. Any controversy or claim, whether in law or in equity, arising out of or relating to this EULA, or the breach thereof, shall besettled h* arbitration in Lox Angeles County administered by JAMS in accordance with its Streamlined Arbitration Rules & Procedures, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) is final and not appealable and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. b. ` Fees. If either party employs attorneys to enforce any rights arising out of or relating to this EULA, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees, costs, and other expenses. The term 11prevai|in8 party" means that party, as plaintiff or defendant, who substantially prevails against the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a written offer of compromise made by either party is not accepted by the other party within forty-five (45) days after receipt and the party not accepting such offer fails to obtain a more favorable judgment, the non -accepting party shall not be entitled to recover its costs of suit and reasonable attorney's fees and costs (even if it is the prevailing party) and shall be obligated to pay the costs of suit and reasonable attorney's fees and costs incurred bythe offering party. o. Severability.|fmnyprovisionofthisEULAishe|dtmbeunenforceab|eorinva|id,theenforceabi|itVoftheremaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby but shall remain in full force and effect. d. Waiver. No failure ordelay in enforcing any right, power orprivilege granted herein will be deemed awaiver unless made in writing and signed by a duly authorized representative of the party providing the waiver; and no single waiver will beconsidered acontinuing ursubsequent waiver. e. Equitable Relief. Licensee acknowledges and agrees that any breach or alleged breach of this EULA would cause irreparable harm and significant injury to Bluebeam that may be difficult to ascertain and that a remedy at law would be inadequate. Licensee agrees that Bluebeam shall have the right to seek and obtain, without the posting of a bond, immediate injunctive relief to enforce the obligations under this EULA in addition to any other rights and remedies it may have. [ Controlling Language.Th|yEULAhasbeenpreparedintheEng|ish|anguageandtheEng|ish|anguageshai|contro| its interpretation. All notices to be provided by either party hereto shall be in the English language. In the event of any conflict between the English language version and any translation of this EULA that may be provided for convenience only, the English language meaning shall control. g. Notices. All notices required by this EULA shall be in writing and either delivered and effective (i) personally upon receipt, (ii) by email upon receipt or if sent after 5pm PT then the next business day, (iii) by a major commercial overnight courier service with tracking capabilities upon receipt, or (iv) by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, five (5) days after the post -marked date. Notice toLicensee shall beaddressed tnthe Primary Contact listed by Licensee in 8|uebeam Licensing Portal (|icensing.b|uebearn.conn). Notice to B|uebeannshall be addressed to Lege( Department, SS South Lake Avenue, Suite 900, Pasadena, California, 91101, U.S.A. or to copyriQht@b|uebeam.conn. h. No A.95ignment.This EVLAiopersuna| as to Licensee and may not be transferred orassigned, voluntarily, by operation oflaw orotherwise, without B|uebeam'oexpress written consent which may be withheld, delayed or conditioned in the sole discretion of Bluebeam. Provided Bluebeam grants such consent, this EULA shall be binding upon the assignee in the same manner that it is binding upon Licensee and Licensee is responsible for informing all Licensed Users and assignee's of the binding application of this EULA and all provisions contained herein. L Entire Agreement.ThisEULA,indud|n8a||exhibitsandaddendunosheretn,contoinstheentirea8reennen1ofthe parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous discussion, understandings, communications, proposals, and agreements, whether written or oral. i. This EUL4may not be modified, amended or supplemented except in awriting signed by an authorized representative of Bluebeam except as allowed by Section 18(i)(ii) below. ii. This EULA expressly supersedes and completely replaces any and all prior end user license agreements for the Software. B/uebeam reserves the right to update this EUL4. Any updates will be made available at w/xxvv.b|uebeam.com/revu/eu|o. iii. Bluebeam shall not be bound by or liable to Licensee for any pre-existing or contemporaneous written or oral representations or warranties made by a third party with respect to the Software, including, without limitation, by Reseller or their respective agents, employees or representatives, nor shall Licensee be deemed a third party beneficiary of any obligations of Bluebeam to any such Reseller. muememEnd User License Agreement "~^'=`^~'^~~'°" iv. Any terms and conditions contained in Licensee's purchase order or other administrative document will not be effective as a modification or supplement to this EULA, regardless of whether Bluebeam objects to such Bluebeam Customer Contact. If You have any questions concerning these terms and conditions, or if You would like to contact 8|uebeamfor any other reason, please call (626)788'410O nrwrite: B|uebeam,(nc,S5South Lake Ave, Suite 9OO Pasadena, California 911U1USA, Attention: Operations You may also reach us at http://vvvwvv.b|uebeann.com. BluebeamEnd User License Agreement ,~~=,°~1_,^,, ADDENDUM A Annual Maintenance Subscription. Upon timely payment ofthe annual Maintenance Fee, B|uebeamagrees toprovide Licensee with Maintenance services with respect tothe Software licensed hereunder. Maintenance is valid for one (1)year commencing mnthe Maintenance Start Date. Licensee's Maintenance subscription will automatically renew on the Maintenance Renewal Date for additional periods of one (1) year provided Licensee pays the applicable Maintenance Fee on orbefore the Maintenance Renewal Date. In no event will 8|uebeam be required to perform Maintenance services in the event Licensee does not make timely payment of the Maintenance Fee. 2. Maintenance Fee. The Maintenance Fee may be updated or modified from time to time in Bluebeam's sole discretion. The Maintenance Fee is non -transferable. The Maintenance Fee is refundable only within the first thirty (30) days after its purchase. After the first thirty (30) days the Maintenance Fee is non-refundable. 3. Payment Terms. The Maintenance Fee must be paid in advance directly to Bluebeam or to the Reseller to which You paid the License Fee. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Licensee's Maintenance subscription will not commence until payment isreceived byB|uebeam. Licensee's Maintenance subscription will not be renewed unless payment of the then published Maintenance Fee is received by Bluebearn prior to the Maintenance Renewal Date. It is Licensee's sole responsibility to ensure that the Maintenance Fee is received by the Reseller such that the Reseller may in turn pay B|uebearnprior tothe Maintenance Renewal Date. 4. Termination; Non -Renewal: a. Termination by Licensee. Licensee may terminate Licensee's Maintenance subscription at any time upon providing thirty (3O)days prior written notice toBluebemnn. B|uebeamwill not refund any portion ofthe Maintenance Fee unless notice of termination is received by Bluebearn within thirty (30) days of the Maintenance Start Date. b. Termination by Bluebeam.8|uebeannmayternninateLicensee'sK8aintenancesubscriptionatanydnneandforany reason by providing Licensee with thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination. Provided 8!uebeam terminates Licensee's Maintenance subscription, D|uebearnxviU refund Licensee the pro -rata portion (calculated on a per month basis) of the Maintenance Fee applicable to the terminated portion of the subscription period. c. Automatic Termination. Licensee's Maintenance subscription will automatically terminate upon Licensee's failure to pay the Maintenance Fee on or before the Maintenance Renewal Date. d. Provided Licensee's Maintenance subscription terminates for any reason, Licensee's license to use the Software shall continue without the benefits ofthe Maintenance subscription. Reinstatement of Expired Maintenance. If Licensee fails to renew Licensee's Maintenance subscription but subsequently desire tu reinstate s Maintenance subscription, the following apply: a. If the expired Maintenance is for the most recent version of the Software then being licensed by Bluebeam (e.g. the latest version ofthe Software being licensed iaZOl8and the expired Maintenance applied toLicensee's license of version 2018), then Licensee shall pay all unpaid Maintenance Fees (not previously paid) plus a delayed maintenance fee; and If the expired Maintenance is for a version of the Software that is not the most recently released version being licensed by Bluebearn (e.g. the version of the Software being licensed is 2018 and the expired Maintenance applies to a license of version 2016), then Licensee shall pay all applicable Licensee Fees for an Upgrade to the current version plus the then applicable Maintenance Fees. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the EULA. a. "Maintenance" means an optional, annual, add-on subscription service available to licensees of the Software that includes unlimited phone and email support during 8|uebeam's standard support hours and major version Upgrades atnoadditional charge. muebeamEnd User License Agreement-Aduend"mA b. "Maintenance Fee" is the annual per Seat fee in effect on the date Maintenance is purchased and/or renewed, as applicable, that Licensee pays to8luebea[nto secure or renewal its annual Maintenance subscription. o. "Maintenance Date" is the on-going annual anniversary of the Maintenance Start Date. The Maintenance Renewal Date is listed on the license certificate asthe "Subscription Expiration" date. d. "Maintenance Start Date" is the date that the first Maintenance Fee is paid by Licensee to Bluebearn. e. "gpELacles�" are defined in Section 5 of the EULA. amebeamEnd User License Agreement -Addendum « 1. Enterprise License Subscription. Subject to the full and complete payment of the ELS Fee, Bluebeam agrees to provide Licensee with one (1) Enterprise License Key. Licensee agrees to use the Enterprise License Key to assign, un -assign and re'uuoignSeats between Licensee's Devices and Licensed Users provided the Single User Ratio is maintained at all times. Enterprise License Subscription Fee. The ELS Fee isnon-transferab|e. The ELS Fee may beupdated ormodified from time totime in R|uebeam^ssole discretion. The ELS Fee is refundable only within the first thirty (30) days after its purchase. After the first thirty (3O)days the ELS Fee isnon-refundab1e. 3. Payment Terms. The ELS Fee must be paid in advance directly to Bluebeam or to the Reseller to which You paid the License Fee. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Licensee's Enterprise License subscription will not commence until the ELS Fee is received by Bluebeam. Licensee's Enterprise License subscription will not be renewed unless payment of the ELS Fee is received by Bluebeam or the Reseller, as applicable, on or before the ELS Renewal Date. It is Licensee's sole responsibility to ensure that the ELS Fee is received by the Reseller prior to the ELS Renewal Date. 4. Enterprise License Subscription Reguirements. a. Maintenance. Licensee isrequired to purchase and maintain anannual Maintenance subscription to be eligible to license an Enterprise License Key. If Licensee's Maintenance subscription terminates, for any reason, the Enterprise License subscription shall simultaneously terminate. Licensee's license to use the Software shall continue without the benefits of the Maintenance subscription and Enterprise License subscription. Licensee shall have thirty (30) days to unregister the Software from all Devices and re -register non -Enterprise License versions of the Software. Failure to unregister and re -register non -enterprise License versions shall be deemed a material breach of this EULA and grounds for immediate termination. b. Upgrades. Upon release ofanUpgrade, Licensee isrequired tounregisterthe Software from all Devices and re- register the Upgrade. Provided Licensee has not unregistered the Software but has already downloaded the Upgrade and Licensee fails to unregister the Software for a period of thirty (30) days, 0uebeam shall invoice Licensee for the then -current full retail price of the Software (not the discounted Upgrade price). Licensee agrees topay such invoice within ten (1O)days ofthe receipt thereof. c. Confidentiality of Enterprise License Key. It is Licensee's sole responsibility to maintain the confidentiality and integrity ofthe Enterprise License Key. Provided the confidentiality is breached or Licensee suspects it is breached, Licensee will notify Bluebeam immediately so that the Enterprise License Key can be disabled and a new Enterprise Licensee Key assigned 10 Licensee. Enterprise License Subscription Management. a. If at any time Licensee assigns Seats to a number of Devices and/or Licensed Users in excess of five percent (596) of the total number of licensed Seats (the ), Licensee will be prohibited from assigning a Seat to a new Device until the overage has been corrected by Licensee or additional Seats have been licensed by Licensee. For purposes of clarification only, if Licensee has licensed twenty (20) seats, Licensee may exceed the Single User Ratio by one (1) Device or Licensed User (but not both) for a period of up to but not exceeding thirty (30) days. If at any time Licensee's Single User Ratio exceeds the Overage Allowance for a period of thirty (30) days, Bluebeam reserves the right to unregister the number of Devices as is required toobtain compliance with the Single User Ratio. b. Automatic Seat Release. Licensee's Device periodically communicates with 8|uebeam's license server over the internettovalidate the Single User Ratio. After fifteen (1S)days without acommunication from Licensee's Device, the license server will automatically release the Seat from the Device. All Inactive Seats will remain unassigned ampbeamEnd User License Agreement -Addendum a until such time as the earlier of(i)the Seat is affirmatively assigned to a Device by Licensee or (ii) the previously assigned Device communicates with the Bluebeam's license server and re-engages the Seat. c. Licensing Portal Access. Promptly following the ELS Start Date, B|uebeamwill issue Licensee's Enterprise License Key and grant Licensee access tnthe Licensing Portal. Licensee |srequired tocreate and maintain apassword to access the Licensing Portal. It is Licensee sole responsibility to keep such password confidential and to prevent the unauthorized use ofLicensee's password. |nthe event the password isforgotten or compromised, Licensee must oontac1B|uebeam immediately. Term and Termination. a. Term. The Enterprise License Key is valid for one (1) year commencing on the ELS Start Date. The Enterprise License subscription will automatically renew for additional periods of one (1) year upon Licensee's payment of the ELS Fee on or before the ELS Renewal Date. b. Termination by Licensee. Licensee may terminate the Enterprise License subscription at any time upon providing thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bluebeam. Bluebeam will not refund any portion of the ELS Fee unless notice of termination is received by Bluebeam within thirty (30) days of the ELS Start Date. c. Termination by Bluebeam. Bluebeam may terminate the Enterprise License subscription at any time upon providing Licensee with thirty (30) days prior written notice. Provided Bluebeam terminates Licensee's Enterprise License subscription, Bluebeam will refund Licensee the pro -rata portion (calculated on a per month basis) of the ELS Fee applicable to the terminated portion of the subscription period. d. Automatic Termination. If Licensee's Single User Ratio exceeds the Overage Allowance for a period of sixty (60) days, Bluebeam reserves the right to terminate this Addendum and revoke the Enterprise License Key. 7. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings set forth in the EULA. a. "Enterprise License" means an optional, annual, add-on subscription service available that allows Licensee to use an Enterprise License Key to manage Licensee's Seat assignments to Licensed Users and Devices. b "Enterprise means unique identifier assigned byB|ueheam to Licensee that allows Licensee to access the Licensing Portal and manage the Seats assigned to Licensee's Licensed Users and Devices. c. "ELS means the annual per Seat fee in effect onthe date the Enterprise License Key is licensed and/or renewed, asapplicable, that Licensee pays to secure or renew its annual Enterprise License subscription. d. "ELS Renewal means each annual anniversary ofthe ELS Start Date. e. "ELS Start Date" means the date Bluebeam receives Licensee's ELS Fee. The ELS Start Date is the same date as the Maintenance Start Date. If Maintenance Fees are paid on a different date, the later of the two dates shall be used asboth the ELS Start Date and the Maintenance Start Date. f. "Licensing Portal" means B|uebeam's online portal accessible via the internetthat allows Licensee toview and manage Licensee's Seat toDevice toLicensed User assignments. S. "Inactive means a Seat assigned to v Device that has not connected to the mternetfor a period of fifteen (15)days. h. "Single means ratio established in Section I of the EULA, by which Licensee may install and use one (1) Seat of the Software on one (1) Device for use by one (1) Licensed User. amebeamEnd User License Agreement -Addendum a 12/10/2018 BLUEBEAM STU®IOTm TERMS OF USE I Bluebeam, Inc. .__...... ... .! LEGAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN YOU ("YOU" and/or "STUDIO USER") AND BLUEBEAM, INC. ("BLUEBEAM" and/or "LICENSOR") FOR USE OF THE BLUEBEAM STUDIO CLOUD APPLICATION AN SERVICES (THE "SERVICES") AND THE RELATED USER GUIDES AND SPECIFICATIONS MADE AVAILABLE A"DOCUMENTATION"). BY ACCESSING AND OTHERWISE USING ANY PORTIONSERVICES, YOU AGREE f BE BOUND BY THESE TERMS OF USE. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THESE TERMS OF USE, DO NOT CREATE A USER ACCOUNT AND DO NOT ACCESS OR USE THE SERVICES. YOU AGREE THAT YOUR BLIEBEAM IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE, PROPRIETARY OR OTHERWISE, UTILIZED IN CONNECTION WITH THE SERVICES, AND rr HALL HAVE N* LIABILITY FOR YOUR USE OF SUCH THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE. a. Modification of these Terms of Use: Bluebeam may revise, modify or update these Terms of Use from time to time due to changes in the law, regulatory requirements, or improvements or enhancements to the Services. Therefore, Bluebeam reserves the right to update and modify these Terms of Use at anytime upon notice to You (a "Change Notice"). Bluebeam will send you a Change Notice by sending an email to the email address associated with your Studio Account or via an in -Service notification. If you do not agree with any of the updates and/or modifications made, You must immediately (i) remove all of the Your Content; (ii) cancel your User Account; and (iii) discontinue all access and use of the Services. By continuing to use the Services after receiptof • to be bound • Modification of - Services.• - - the right to revise, modifyor ••. - the Services i time to time in its sole discretion to add new features or functionality, modify existing features or i or • or • 2. License •; Reservation a. license to use the Services. Subject to Your acceptance of and your on-going compliance with these Terms of Use, Bluebeam grants to You a limited, non-sublicensable, non-exclusive, non -transferable, https:/Iwww.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 1/10 12/10/2018 BLUEBEAM STUDIOTm TERMS OF USE I Bluebearn, Inc. revocable right to access and use the Services in the manner and for the purposes described in these Terms of Use and in the Documentation. b. fieservation of Rights. All right, title, and interest in and to the Services and the Documentation, including, without limitation, all copyrights, patents (whether pending or issued), trade secret rights, trademarks, and other intellectual property, are owned and retained by Bluebeam. The Services and Documentation are protected by patent, copyright, and/or other intellectual property laws of the United States and other countries, as well as by international treaty provisions. Except as expressly set forth herein, Your access and use of the Services does not grant You any intellectual property rights in the Services or Documentation. All rights not expressly granted by Bluebeam are hereby reserved. 3. User Accounts. To access and use the Services, You must create and maintain a User Account. a. User Name Confirmation. Each User Account must have the associated e-mail address verified within seven (7) days to remain active. Bluebeam is not responsible for e-mail notifications that are not MINOMEM Ulm b. Password Security. Password must be at least 8 characters and include at least one uppercase letter, one lowercase letter, one number and one special character (e.g. !@#$%). You are solely responsible USEMEMEM ".-Imrwlllrumlmu��* �g c. User Account Activity. You are solely responsible for any and all activity that occurs under Your User Account, and Bluebeam shall have no responsibility with regard to the use, disclosure, or management of Your User Account information or Your Content accessed through use of Your User Account. You are responsible for keeping Your account information confidential. You agree to promptly notify Bluebeam of any suspected or unauthorized use of Your User Account that you become aware of, MKICIMM-M a. Your Content. Title, ownership rights and intellectual property rights in and to all Project Files, Session Files, documents, information, materials, files, text, graphics, markups and other content created by You ("Your Content") in connection with Your use of the Software and/or Services shall be retained by You. You are solely responsible for the accuracy, quality, integrity and legality of Your Content. You agree to abide by (and be responsible for Your compliance with) applicable laws and regulations regarding Your access and use of Your Content with the Software and You acknowledge that the Software and Services are not designed to process or manage any Protected Information. You are solely responsible for the secure transmission of Your Content to the Services. Climited License to and Access by Uluebeam. Bluebeam receives only such limited license as is necessary to host and access Your Content in order to make the Services available to You. Bluebeam will not access, view, or download any Your Content, except as reasonably necessary to perform the Services, including without limitation: (a) to identify, investigate, respond to or resolve technical support inquiries and problems with the Services and/or Software; (b) to conform to any legal requirements; (c) to maintain any software or hardware required to perform the Services; (d) to enforce these Terms of Use; and (e) to host and provide access to Project Files, Session Files and related folders and organizational information. Your Content that is accessed by Bluebeam will be kep�. c. Disclosure of Your Content. Bluebeam may disclose Your Content if the disclosure is necessary to comply with a valid court order or subpoena or to comply with applicable law, rule or regulation. Bluebeam will notify You of any request for such disclosure (unless prohibited by such process, law or https://www.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 2/10 12UU/2o1O aLUEBEAMSTuoK]rwTERMS OpUSE |Bluebaam.Inc. regulation) and cooperate with You if You elect to contest the disclosure, seek confidential treatme #f Your Content to be disclosed, or to limit the nature or scope of Your Content to be disclosed. a. Projects. i. General Terms. Touse the Project funcdona|ity the Host and Attendees must first acquire alicense toan approved Client. AHost can create anunlimited number ofProjects. UponcreadonofaP jectbvthe Host, aunique Project |Dis(reatedfnridentificationandaccesspurposes.TheHnstissn|e|yresponsib|e for establishing and managing Attendee permissions, including, without limitation, access and use ii Version Control of Project Files. Version controls apply 1Vall Project Fl!esastheyarecheckedinandout by Attendees and include a revision number, which Attendee made each change,and the date the change was made. B|uebeann maintains a version history log on Project Files for 8s long asthe Project is active. ii(. Storagg.Space for Project Files. Each Licensed User with a valid User Account is allocated unlimited project storage space for PrjectFi|eSfreeoycharge.B|uebeannreservestherighttochangethearnount of storage provided either for free or at a cost for Project je[tFi|esatanydrneatitsso|ediscretion. iv. Deletion oLProj . The Host can delete a Project at any time. Upon deletion, a Project is archived for 12Odays. Atthe end ofsaid 12Odays the Project ispurgedandde|etionofthePr jectisperrnanent and cannot beundone. Upon deletion all Project F||eSandverSiOnhiStOry|ogSareperrnanent|yde|eted. You are solely responsible for downloading and backing up Project Files and version logs on Your local computer or computer network prior to deleting a Project. B|UebS8nl may also delete Project Files at any time in its sole and reasonable discretion upon notification to the Host by email. i General Terms. Touse the Session functionality, the Host and Attendees must first acquire alicense tVan approved Client. Upon creation ofa Session bvthe Host, aunique Session |Discreated for identification and access purposes. The Host is solely responsible for establishing and managing Attendee permissions, including, without limitation, access and use restrictions. Attendees cannot edit other Attendee Markups but can discuss them using the Chat feature. Attendees can Markup a Session File but cannot change the original Session File content (e.g. delete text). |i Session Log. Bluebeam maintains a history log on Session activity as long as the Session is active, including Markups and Chats asthey occur. iii.Each Licensed User with avalid User Account isallocated unlimited project storage space for Session Files free of charge as posted on Bluebeam.com. Bluebeam reserves the right to change the amount of storage provided either for free or at a cost for Session Files at any time at its sole discretion. k/ Deletion of Session Files by hLost. The Host can delete a Session atany time. Upon deletion, a Session is archived for 120 days. At the end of said 120 days the Session is purged and deletion of the Session is permanent and cannot be undone. Upon deletion all Session Files and version history logs are permanently deleted. You are solely responsible for downloading and backing up Session Files and version logs on Your local computer or computer network prior to deleting a Session. Bluebeam may also delete Session Files at any time in its sole and reasonable discretion upon notification to the Host. u Deletion of Session Files for InactivLty. Sessions and Session Files will automatically bedeleted ifthe Session has not been accessed by the Host or any Attendee for a period of eighty (80) days (an "Inactive Session'J. The Host will receive an email notifying the Host that the Inactive Session will be archived in ten (10) days (i.e. 90 days from the date of the last access of the Session). A second email notification will be sent one hundred seventy (170) days from the last access or use of a Session notifying the Host that the hftps://www.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 3/10 123U/2O18 BLUEBEAMOTuoK)T1°TERMS OPUSE |Bluebaam.Inc. Inactive Session will be permanently deleted. The Inactive Session will be permanently deleted ten (10) days thereafter (|.e.18Odays from the date ofthe last access nfthe 5essiOO). C OwnershiD of Project Files and Session Files.As between You and BlUebearn,You own all right, title and interest in Your Project Files and Session Files. d. Conficlential -Eroject Files and Session Files. If Project Files or Session Files are confidential (or contain confidential information), it is the Host's sole responsibility to implement all necessary permissions and access controls to maintain such confidentiality among the Attendees. Bluebeam shall not be responsible for securing or maintaining any confidential information added to a Project or Session, as e. Personal Information of the Host and Attendees. No Attendee is required to submit or use Personal Information in connection with a Project or Session apart from the information provided to Bluebeam to create a User Account. Further, the Services are not intended to host, maintain or secure Personal Information. If a Host and/or Attendee voluntarily provides or submits Personal Information as part of a Project or Session, (i) such Personal Information is deemed public and voluntarily provided; and (ii) Bluebeam shall not be responsible for securing, maintaining or deleting such Personal Information. f. Communications Between Attendees. Attendees may use the Services to communicate with the Host and other Attendees. If You have opted out of receiving emails from Bluebeam, You will continue to receive emails from Hosts and Attendees of the Projects and Sessions to which You are an Attendee. Bluebeam shall not be responsible for any information communicated to You in connection with Host a. General Terms. Studio Prime is a paid subscription service. You may establish a Studio Prime Account by executing an annual subscription agreement and paying the relevant subscription fees. Provided You establish a Studio Prime Account or agree to become a Prime Member or Prime Collaborator, this i Prime Administrators. Provided You become aPrime Administrator, You agree tnbesolely responsible for inviting Studio Users to become a Prime Member; managing all Prime Member accounts (including, without limitation, their access and permissions 10Projects andSessionsfnrvvhichtheyaneAtendees); assigning, creating, modifying and removing Prime Member permission and restrictions,- and controlling all content (induding,without limitation, Project Fi|esandSessionFi|es)cneatedorup|oadedintmorused in connection with the Studio Prime Account for which You are the Prime Administrator. ii Prime Members. If a Prime Administrator invites You to be a Prime Member under a Studio Prime Account, Your User Account will become a Prime Member account under the control of the Prime Administrator. You expressly agree that the Prime Administrator, not You, will control Your access, permissions, content and all other aspects of your experience with the Services. You may only be a Prime Member of one (1) Studio Prime Account. Prime Member accounts are under the control of the Prime Administrator and may becreated, modified ordeleted }nthe discretion ofthe Prime Administrator. The Prime Administrator has access to all Prime Member content and activities. 12/10/2015 BLUEBEAM STU®IOTm TERMS OF USE I Bluebeam, Inc. a. permit any third party (including Attendees and other Studio Users) to use the Services, access, upload, generate, or maintain content of any kind in violation of any terms of these Terms; b. collect or disclose information, including email addresses or other Personal Information about any Studio User, without the Studio User's express written consent; c. sell, lease, rent, redistribute, or sublicense any access to or use of the Services, or otherwise transfer any rights to use the Services; d. abuse, defraud, harass, or otherwise violate the legal rights (e.g., privacy) of others; e. interfere or attempt to interfere in any manner with the proper working of the Services; f. circumvent or render ineffective any geographical restrictions, including IP address -based restrictions; g. violate any law, regulation, or any right of any third person, including but not limited to intellectual property rights, rights of privacy, or rights of publicity; h. transmit or store any content that is obscene or profane; i. intentionally encourage or promote copyright infringement or the exploitation of copyright infringing materials; or misrepresent Your identity when registering for use of the Services or mask Your usage of the Services. You • dg and agree that by • the Services,You b, exposed to materials fromd parties that You may deem obscene, profane, offensive, indecent, or otherwise objectionable. Such contentoutside the controlof Bluebeam.Please report any violations of these Terms of a. Your Representations and Warranties. You represent and warrant that (i) You have the right, power, a • authority • enter into these Terms of • to perform the actions required of You herein;and (ii) You have a valid license to use the Software that provides access to the Services. b..DiSCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. THE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED "AS IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER AND YOUR USE OF THE SERVICES IS AT YOUR OWN RISK. BLUEBEAMDOES NOT WARRANT• f O;. TTHE OPERATION OF SERVICES WILL BE UNItTMAt?PT?b-t?K-F-",i!zl-FREE. l3LUEBEA1,VD1S-L—L&114S AALL HAT �tOR . WE NE11m c.111MITATION OF LIABILITY. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL BLUEBEAM BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST REVENUES, LOST PROFITS, OR ANY DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY 9. Indemnification. You agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Bluebeam, its parent, subsidiaries, •, •. officers, • • • and contractors fromand against any and all damages, claims, suits, or proceedings (including reasonable• n AAAA. brought against Bluebeam by any • party,.• Attendee,that -g use or provision of !'u https://www.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 5/10 12/10/2018 eLusasameTuDIo"°TERMS orUSE |ame*eam.Inc. 441111-1-10. W.6111 a. Term. These Terms of Use are effective as of the date You create a User Account (the "Effective Date") and shall continue until terminated by You or Bluebeam as provided herein (the "Term"). Termination byaluebeam. Bluebeam may terminate these Terms of Use or Your license to access and tise tVe-S-ei/ices ;s follows: i. immediately and without notice if You fail to make any payment as required in connection with your license or use of the Software and/or the Services; ii. Upon written notice to You in the event You are in breach or violation of these Terms of Use; iii. Immediately and without notice ifYou cease tVdnbusiness as8going concern, becomes the object of the iDStitUbDO Ofvoluntary 0rinvoluntary proceedings in bankruptcy Orliquidation, which is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the initial filing or a receiver is appointed with respect to a substantial portion of its assets; or iv. At any time, with or without cause, upon sixty (60) days written notice to You. c. Termination byYou. You may terminate Your access to and use of the Services at any time, with without cause, upon deleting Your User Account and providing Bluebeam with written notice of termination. The written notice should be sent to Bluebeam, Inc. 55 South Lake Ave, Suite 900, 1 d..Effect of Termination. Upon the termination of these Terms of Use or Your access and use of the Services, the license provided in Section 2.a. shall immediately cease and You shall (I) discontinue use of the Services; (ii) delete all of Your Content; and (iii) delete Your User Account. In the event You do not delete all of Your Content, Bluebeam will delete Your Content within thirty (30) days of the deletion of Your User Account unless legally prohibited. Any such termination shall not prejudice, limit, or restrict any other rights or remedies Bluebeam may have against You, and shall not modify, limit, or 11. General Terms. a. Third Party-Lb—arges. You acknowledge that Your ability to access the Services may require the payment of third party fees (such as telephone charges, ISP, or other charges) and that You are solely responsible for paying such fees. Bluebeam is not responsible for providing access or any software or equipment that You may need to be able to utilize the Services. Services are not available in all b. Privacy Eolicy. The terms of the Privacy Policy govern Bluebeam's acquisition and use of Personal Information provided by You in connection with Your User Account and Your access and use of the Services. If there is any conflict between these Terms of Use and the Privacy Policy, these Terms of Use 174TITIMS� c..International Transfer. IF YOU ARE NOT A RESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES, YOU ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT ALL INFORMATION ACQUIRED VIA THE SERVICES OR IN CONNECTION WITH YOUR USE OF THE SERVICES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, PERSONAL INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR USER ACCOUNT AND YOUR CONTENT) IS COLLECTED BY BLUEBEAM WITH YOUR CONSE] hftps:l/www.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 6/10 ow0wilt.] BLUEBEAMSTUDK}nwTERMS OFUSE IBhebeam.Inc. AND TRANSFERRED, PROCESSED ARD STORED I1 TME 1111TED STATES OR—IFATAIEABL-El?�-E—C,-'t)',IlTrKT BLUEBEAM ALLOWS YOU TO SELECT FOR SUCH PROCESSING AND STORAGE. i. EU Transfers. Your Personal Information will be used by Bluebeam for purposes of providing, operating and managing the Services according to the terms set forth herein and for providing You with access to and use of the Services. Because the European Union Commission has determined that United States data privacy laws do not ensure an adequate level of protection for Personal Information collected from EU data subjects, the transfer will be subject to appropriate additional safeguards under the Privacy d..Bluebeam Communications. Notwithstanding any preferences You select for communications from Bluebeam, Bluebeam may send You Service -related e-mails regarding maintenance or changes to the e. Copy�jght Compliant Procedures. Bluebeam provides the Services in accordance with the Digital Millennium Copyright Act of 1998 ("DIVICA"), the text of which may be found on the U.S. Copyright Office Web site at http://www.copyright.gov/iegislation/dmca.pdf. Bluebeam will respond promptly to claims of copyright infringement committed using the Services that are reported to the Bluebeam Designated Copyright Agent identified below. If You are a copyright owner or authorized agent of a copyright owner, please report alleged copyright infringements taking place through the use of the Services by completing the following DIVICA Notice of Alleged Infringement and delivering it to the Bluebeam Designated Copyright Agent. Upon receipt of this Notice as described below, Bluebeam wil- take whatever action it deems appropriate, including but not limited to disabling User Account(s) and/or deleting or otherwise disabling access to any information and files (including Project Files and Session Files) associated with User Account(s). f..DMCA Notice of Alleged CopyLight Infri gement. For Your complaint to be valid under the DIVICA, You must provide the following information when providing notice of the claimed copyright infringement: i. Identify the copyrighted work that You claim has been infringed. ii. Identify the material or link You claim is being infringed, including the URL of the link shown on the relevant Web she Orfile/folders where such material may be found. iii. Provide Your mailing address, telephone number, and, ifavailable, e-mail address. Include both ofthe following statements inthe body ofthe Notice: "Ihereby state that | have agood faith belief that the disputed use ofthe copyrighted material isnot authorized bvthe copyright owner, its agent, orthe law, and |Gnnthe owner, orauthorized tmact on behalf of the owner, of the copyright or of an exclusive right under the copyright that is allegedly infringed." "I swear, under penalty of perjury, that the information in the notification is accurate and that I am the copyright owner or am authorized to act on behalf of the owner of an exclusive right that is allegedly infringed." iv. Provide Your full legal name and Your electronic orphysical signature. v. Deliver this Notice, with all items completed, to the Bluebeam Designated Copyright Agent: B|uebean\|nc Attn: Copyright Agent 55South Lake Ave, Suite 90O 7no BLUEBEAM STUDIOTm TERMS OF USE I Bluebearn, Inc. Pasadena, CA 91101 copyright@bluebeam.com (For more details on the information required for valid notification, see 17 U.S.C. 512(c)(3).) vi. Claimants who make misrepresentations under the DIVICA concerning copyright infringement may be liable for damages incurred as a result of the removal or blocking of the material, court costs, and attorney fees. a. "Attendee" means a Studio User who is invited by a Host to participate in a Project or Session. b. "AU Policy"means Bluebeam's acceptable use policy. c. "Bluebeam" means Bluebeam, Inc., a Delaware corporation, located at 55 S. Lake Avenue, Suite 900, d. "Change Notice'means a notice relating to an update or modification of these Terms of Use. e. "Chat" means an exchange of communications between the Attendees in a Session. f. An approved "Client" is Revu (for Windows, for Mac or for iPad), Vu, and certain third party applications developed in conjunction with Bluebeam's developer network that provide access to the Services. g. "Documentation" means the related user guides and specifications made available by Bluebeam. h. "Host" means the Licensed User who initiates a Project or Session and who has administrative access and control of the Project or Session, as applicable. I. "Licensed User" means the end-user who is a Licensee of the Software or who is an employee or other duly authorized individual of a Licensee of the Software. j. I p" refers to any visual element added by a Host or an Attendee to a Session File. k. "Personal Information" means any information that may be used to identify a natural person, including, without limitation, names, addresses, telephone numbers, e-mail addresses and such other identifiable information as may be defined by applicable law. I. "Prime Administrator' means the User assigned by the Studio Prime Account Owner as the administrator of the Studio Prime Account. n. "Prime Member" means any User who is invited by a Prime Administrator to join a Studio Prime Account. Upon the User's acceptance to join a Studio Prime Account, that User Account becomes a managed account under the Studio Prime Account to be managed and controlled by the Studio Prime Account Owner. o. "Privacy Eolicy" means Bluebeam's privacy policy located at www.bluebeam.com/legal/privacy-policy. p. "Project" means a set of functions that allows (i) a Host to upload, access, manage, check in, check out, modify and store Project Files on the Services' cloud -based servers; (ii) a Host to add, modify and remove Project Files, Attendees and Attendee permissions in a Project; and (iii) Attendees to access, Are - W r WrAN, Me q. "Project Files" are documents and other computer files uploaded, accessed, modified and stored by the Host and Attendees according to their respective permissions in connection with a Project. r. "Protected Information I means sensitive, personally identifiable information that is subject to specific regulations or laws that impose increased protections and/or obligations with respect to handling that https://www.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 8/10 12/10/2018 BLUEBEAM STUDIOTm TERMS OF USE I Bluebearn, Inc. type of information. s. "Services" mean the Bluebeam Studio cloud application and services. t. • means a set • functions that allows (i) a Host to upload, access, modify, Markup, manage • store Session Files • the Services' cloud -based servers; (ii) a Host to add, modify and remove Session Files and Attendees in a Session; (iii) Attendees to access, Markup and use Session Files as authorized by the Host; and (iv) the Host and Attendees to Chat. u. "Session Files" are PDF files uploaded, accessed, modified and stored by the Host and Attendees, according to their respective permissions, in connection with a Session. v. "Software" means the Revu@ software application for editing, managing, marking -up, designing and sharing PDF documents. w. "Studio User" means the individual agreeing to these Terms of Use, who has created a User Account, and signs up for access to the Services. x. "Studio Prime" is an optional, paid subscription service that provides subscribers with advanced administrative functionality, visibility and access to external application integrations. y. "Studio Prime Account" means a User Account created upon the execution of the Studio Prime subscription agreement and subject to the additional terms and conditions of the Studio Prime subscription agreement, z. "Studio Prime Account Owner" means the person or entity that executed the Studio Prime subscription agreement and their Studio Prime Account. aa. "User Account" means the online account formed from a combination of Your email address (i.e. user name) and password that provides You with access and use of the Services according to these Terms of Use. ab. "You" means the individual agreeing to these Terms of Use and signing up for access to the Services, ac. • • means Project Files, Session Files, documents, information, materials, files, text, %1• �_# •• � StrXur - AEC News Support f 0 i n 0 iG� hftps://www.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 9/10 12/10/2018 LEI BLUEBEAM STUDIOTm TERMS OF USE I Bluebeam, Inc. Accessibility ITermsofUse jPrivacyPolicy JDIVICAPolicy IGDPRCompliance Copyright © 2002 - 2018 Bluebeam, Inc. All Rights Reserved I Bluebeam is part of the Nemetschek Group https://www.bluebeam.com/studio/termsofuse/ 10/10 ••.-•reNTMITUNK11": Protecting your privacy is important to us at Bluebeam, Inc. ("Bluebeam"). When you use Bluebeam's websites, products and services (our "Services" ), you share information with us. This Privacy Policy covers how we collect, store, disclose, transfer, and use information. rrivacy Policy so please read it carefully and let us know if you have any questions. We may modify or update this Privacy Policy from time to time. When we change this Privacy Policy in a material way, a notice will be posted on our website (www.bluebeam.com) along with the updated Privacy Policy. If you use our Services after an update has been made to this Privacy Policy, you consent to the changed policy. _WT 4 titles, and credit card data) in connection with the operation of our Services when you have voluntarily provided such information to us 1,e.,q., through trial downloads of our software., contact and services, etc.), when adequate consent is granted by you, or on the basis of a statutory provision. As a general rule, we will use such information only for the purpose for which you provided the information to us, e.g. to answer your inquiries or grant you access to certain information or offerings. You are not required to provide Bluebearn with your �rAixxn ? to your inquiries. 1. Information You Give Us. We collect, store and use: • Your email address if you communicate with us by email, as well as other information that you might supply voluntarily in your communications; • Your email address if you elect to receive our newsletter and other electronic communications from us. You can opt -out of receiving such communications at any time by clicking on the "unsubscribe" link at the bottom of each email we send; • Your name, email address, telephone number and company name when you elect to download a trial version of our software products; • Some or all of the following information when you (i) purchase products or services from us, (ii) when you create a user account with us, or (iii) elect to attend online or in-person training or events with us: your name, email address, mailing address, telephone number, company name, company address, job title and credit card information. We do not give out your credit card or other account information to third parties unless you authorize us to do so or if it is necessary to fulfill our responsibilities, including, but not limited to, delivering a product or service that you order. 2. Information We Collect From Your Use of Our Services. When you use our Services, we gather some information automatically and store it in log files. We colle store and use your Internet Protocol (IP) addresses, location, referring websites and/or applications, t number of times you visit an individual website page, date/time stamps, Internet service provider (IS information about your device (such as device name, what devices you use, your operating system, memo available, etc.) and your browser type, and clickstream data. )I • When you access password -protected areas for account holders, we collect, store and use your username, computer name, IP address, transaction information, pages and content accessed by you, and preferences. • We also collect, store and use data and information in a manner and form that on its own does not permit the direct association with any specific individual. We may collect, use, transfer and disclose non -personal information for any purpose. Information Collected Through Cookies and Similar Technologies. Bluebeam may also use cookies and other technologies to receive and store certain types of information whenever you interact with our Services. A cookie is a small file containing a string of characters that is sent to your device when you use our Services. Cookies may store unique identifiers, user preferences and other information. We treat information collected by cookies and other technologies as non -personal information. However, to the extent that Internet Protocol (IP) addresses or similar identifiers are considered personal information by local law, we also treat these identifiers as personal information. Similarly, to the extent that non -personal information is combined with personal information, we treat the combined information as personal information for the purposes of this Privacy Policy. You can reset your browser to refuse all cookies or to indicate when a cookie is being sent. However, some website features or services may not function properly without cookies. We use cookies to improve the quality of our service, including for storing user preferences, tracking user trends, and providing relevant information to you. Information Collected Through Google Analytics. We use a tool called "Google Analytics" and may use other third party analytic tools to collect information about the use of our Services. Google Analytics collects anonymized information, such as how often users visit a Bluebeam website and what pages they visit when they do so. We only use the information we get from Google Analytics to improve our Services. Google Analytics does not collect your name or other identifying information. We do not combine the information collected through the use of Google Analytics with personally identifiable information. Although Google Analytics plants a permanent cookie on your device to identify you as a unique user the next time you visit or use our Services, the cookie cannot be used by anyone but Google. Google's ability to use and share information collected by Google Analytics about your usage of our Services is restricted by the Google Analytics Terms of Use and the Google Privacy Policy. 3. Information We Receive From Third Parties. • You may be asked to provide personal information to one of our authorized third party partners (e.g. authorized resellers, event collaborators, and educational service providers) (each a "Service Partner"). Bluebeam and our Service Partners may share your personal information but only to the extent necessary to carry out the purpose for which you provided the information to us or our Service Partner, e.g. to provide you with access to our Services that are supported by Bluebeam's partner. • A person or company may procure our Services for you, as their employee, to use at work. Your employer may give us your personal information in order for you to make use of the Services or you may be required to establish a user account with us to access the Services. User accounts require that you provide us with an email address. Other Services may require that we receive your name, title, email address, computer name, and IP address. HOW WE USE YOUR INFORMATION We use your information to: • communicate with you —to respond to your email and other inquiries and requests, to send you newsletters and other information you sign up to receive from us, to send you information concerning any purchases you have made with us (e.g. receipts, license information, etc.), and to send you updates or notices that we think may be of interest to you. • provide and inoproveourServices—to diagnose technical problems and to customize your experience with our Services. We use your information in combination with other user information to understand and analyze trends, administer the Services, learn about user behavior, improve our Services and gather demographic information. We may also use this information in our marketing and promotional activities. We may also combine your information with other generally or publicly available information to help us identify visitors' preferences or interests. We may provide your information to companies that assist us in these activities, such as helping us fulfill your request for a product, service or information or to tailor advertising that we think may be of interest to you (e.g. to allow third parties to tailor our ads to you on third party services). We do not sell your information to anyone. Service Partners - Generally. We use Service Partners to perform supporting functions for the various Services we offer, such as payment processing, cloud storage providers, analytics providers, product training and online learning opportunities, job postings and applicant tracking, and customer research and surveys. Our Service Partners are NOT permitted to use the information collected from you for any purpose other than performing support functions for Bluebeam. In addition, we require that all Service Providers use reasonable safeguards to protect the limited set of your information that they may have access to. to help Bluebeam provide our Services to you. For example, if you initiate a license of a Bluebeam software product through an authorized reseller, you authorize Bluebeam and that reseller to exchange information you provide during the license and registration process. We allow authorized resellers and distributors to access information regarding the licenses that they sold, which may include some or all of your information if you are a contact under an applicable license. Protection of rights. We will release your information if we believe that such action is necessary to: (1) comply with the law, legal process, litigation or requests from governmental authorities (worldwide), (2) enforce our terms and conditions, including any applicable terms of use, user agreements or license agreements, (3) protect the rights, property, or personal safety of Bluebeam, its employees, other Service users, or (4) the relevant third party in the event of a reorganization, merger or sale of Bluebeam or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to a third party. Links to Third Party Websites, Products and Services Our Services may include links to third party websites, product or services or use or offer products or services from third parties. Information collected by third parties is governed by their privacy policies and practices. We recommend you read and become familiar with the privacy policies of all parties with which you interact. the purchasing patterns, trends, preferences and other collective characteristics of our users in general. Bluebeam's Services, which allow you to collaborate with other users of our Services around the globe, require by their nature that data flow from the European Union ("EU") (and other countries) to the United States ("US") and back- To ensure that EU personal information is adequately protected when transferred outside of the EU, the Data Protection Directive 95/46/EC and, as of May 25, 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR") mandates that such transfers take place using certain legal mechanisms as described here: httos://ec.europa.eu/info/law/law-topic/data- protection/data-transfers-outside-eu en. Bluebeam is committed to achieving compliance with the GDPR across all of our Services. You may see changes to our policies and procedures that reflect this commitment. When transferring data from the EU and other countries, Bluebeam relies upon a variety of legal mechanisms, including contracts with our users and the European Commission -approved Standard Contractual Clauses for our EU based users. EU -U.S. Privacy Shield and Swiss -U.S. Privacy Shield. Bluebeam also complies with the EU -U.S. and Swiss–U.S. Privacy Shield Frameworks as set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce regarding the collection, use, and retention of personal information transferred from the European Union and/or Switzerland, as applicable, to the United States. Bluebeam has certified to the Department of Commerce that it adheres to the Privacy Shield Principles of notice, choice, accountability for onward transfer, security, data integrity and purpose limitation, access, recourse enforcement and liability. In cases of onward transfers of data, received pursuant to the EU -U.S. and Swiss -U.S. Privacy Shield Frameworks, Bluebeam is potentially liable. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Privacy Policy and the Privacy Shield principles, the Privacy Shield principles shall govern. To learn more about the Privacy Shield program, and to view our certification, please visit https;//www.privacyshield.gov/. Bluebeam is subject to oversight by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission. JAMS is the US -based independent organization responsible for reviewing and resolving complaints about our Privacy Shield compliance — free of charge to you. We ask that you first submit any such complaints directly to us via privacypolicy@bluebeam.com. If you aren't satisfied with our response, please contact JAMS at https://www.jamsadr.com/eu-us-privacy-shield. In the event your concern still isn't addressed by JAMS, you may be entitled to a binding arbitration under Privacy Shield and its principles. CONTROL OF YOUR INFORMATION Access Studio User Accounts By signing into your Studio user account within the Revu® application, navigating to the Studio Preferences section, and editing your information. Bluebeam University Accounts By signing into your user account, navigating to the My Profile section, and editing your information; or By contacting us at training@bluebeam.com. Licensing and Purchase Information You can correct and update licensing information by emailing us at registration@bluebeam.com. Bluebeam Developer Network By signing into your BBDN user account, navigating to the Preferences section, and editing your information. Opt -Out Marketing Emails: If you no longer wish to receive marketing emails from Bluebeam, you can opt -out of receiving such communications at any time by clicking on the "unsubscribe" link at the bottom of each email we send. Also in the email footer, you will find an option to Manage Subscriptions if you'd like to adjust your subscription preferences. Product and Service Emails: If you no longer wish to receive emails concerning the products and service you have licensed and/or purchased from us, you can opt -out of receiving such information at any time by contacting us at registration@bluebeam.com. If one of our Service users invites you to collaborate with them as part of their use of the Services, we cannot prevent you from receiving those user initiated emails. Regular Mail/Telephone/In-Person: If you no longer wish to be contacted by Bluebeam via regular mail, telephone or in-person sales calls, you can opt -out by emailing us at registration@bluebeam.com. Service Partners: To opt -out of receiving communications from our Service Partners, you must contact the Service Partner directly. When you opt -out or close your user account, we may retain a copy of your information for archival purposes and to avoid identity theft or fraud. CHAT ROOMS AND FORUMS We may from time to time provide chat sessions and rooms, forums, beta testing feedback services, message boards and/or bulletin boards (a "forum") for users to exchange information. Please remember that any information disclosed in these areas may be viewed by other users of the forums or the general public depending on how access to the forums are established. If you post in a forum, please use care not to disclose any confidential or personal information. Bluebeam is not responsible or liable for the uses that others may make of any information you post in a forum. SECURITY We use industry standard physical, technical and administrative security measures and safeguards to protect the confidentiality and integrity of your information. When your information is stored by Bluebeam, we use computer systems with limited access housed in facilities using physical security measures. Cloud data is stored in encrypted form including when we utilize third -party storage. All of our cloud services leverage Transfer Layer Security (TLS) to encrypt and protect information during transit. It is your responsibility to protect the security of your login information. Please note that e-mails and other communications you send to us are not encrypted. We strongly advise you not to communicate any confidential information through these means. CALIFORNIA DO NOT TRACK Bluebeam does not track its customers over time or across third party websites to provide targeted advertising and therefore does not respond to Do Not Track (DNT) signals. However, some third party sites do keep track of your browsing activities when they serve you content, which enables them to tailor what they present to you. If you are visiting such sites, most browsers allow you to set the DNT signal on your browser so that third parties (particularly advertisers) know you do not want to be tracked. SUMMARY If you have any questions concerning this policy please send an email to us at privacypolicy@bluebeam.com. M1 LTONI k ESTABLISHED 2006 TO: FROM: AGENDA ITEM: MEETING DATE: CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM City Council DATE: February 13, 2019 Steven Krokoff, City Manager:='7 Approval of a Non -Exclusive License Agreement between the City of Milton and Courtware Solutions, Inc. Wednesday, February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: (,,VAPPROVED () NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: (, 4ES () NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: () YES () NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY: (tKAPPROVED (J NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: of 1 u/10") 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA 0000 P: 678.242.25001 F: 678.242.2499 info@cityofmiltonga.us I www.cityofmiltonga.us 13116 To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Brooke Lappin, Clerk of Court Date: Submitted on February 13, 2019 for the February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of a Non-Exclusive License Agreement between the City of Milton and Courtware Solutions, Inc. _____________________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: Approve the attached contract between Courtware Solutions, Inc. and the Municipal Court increasing the fee charged per closed citation. Executive Summary: A representative from Courtware solutions informed the court that they would be increasing the amount they charge the court per citation. The original contract signed in 2007 had a fee of $3.00 per closed citation. This has not been changed in almost 12 years. They are requesting the courts sign a new contract increasing that amount to $4.00 per closed citation. The fee is taken from any fines paid to the court when a case is closed. This does not affect any cases that are closed without a fine being assessed to the defendant. Funding and Fiscal Impact: The fee charged by Courtware is taken from the fines paid per citation. The Municipal Judge has the ability to increase all court fines by $1.00. Alternatives: N/A Legal Review: Sam P. Vanvolkenburgh, Jarrard & Davis (February 4, 2019) Concurrent Review: Steve Krokoff, City Manager Attachment(s): Non-Exclusive License Agreement by Courtware Solutions, Inc. Contract Identification: Number: -BB-2019/01/30 NON-EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT THE STATE OF GEORGIA COUNTY OF: Fulton Courtware Solutions, Inc. (herein "CSI"), 5917 Edenfield Dr. Suite 110, Acworth, Georgia 30101, for good and valuable consideration, hereby grants a nonexclusive license to: City of Milton, c/o Clerk of Municipal Court (END USER) 13000 Deerfield Parkway, Suite 107 E, Milton, GA. 30004 (ADDRESS) (CITY, STATE, ZIP CODE) (herein "Licensee") to use certain software programs and related materials (herein "Programs") for the designated processing system, subject to the terms and conditions hereof (herein "License"): Programs shall include executable modules for each software program identified in this Agreement, user's manual and related documentation, in machine readable or printed form. LICENSE QTY UNIT PRICE Visual Court Management System (unlimited user license) 1 $4.00 Online Payment Interface (unlimited user license) 1 Included IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have executed this agreement on this the day of , to which witness our hands and seal of office. LICENSEE CSI SIGNATURE : SIGNATURE : PRINT: PRINT: TITLE: TITLE: DATE: DATE: Approved as to form: _________________________________________ City Attorney $ 4.00_ dollars per violation or $ N/A____ minimum billing, whichever is greater. Price includes the following services: Installation, Training, Maintenance, Upgrades and non-customized modifications related to these products. 1. LICENSE Licensee acknowledges that it shall be deemed a licensee of Courtware Solutions, Inc. and that it obtains hereby only a non-exclusive license to use the Programs. Title and all ownership and intellectual property rights in the Programs licensed under this license Agreement remains with CSI and do not pass to licensee. The Programs are agreed to be valuable proprietary information and to contain trade secrets, which CSI is authorized to license. Licensee is licensed to use the Program solely for the internal purposes of its own business. Licensee agrees that Licensee will not permit the Program to be used either directly or indirectly by licensee's customers or any other person or entity through a timesharing service, service bureau arrangement or otherwise. Licensee may not grant sublicense or other rights in the software to others, nor assign or transfer this license to any third party. CSI shall have the right to terminate this license if licensee violates any of its provisions. Licensee recognizes and agrees that the Program and all portions, reproductions, modifications and improvements thereof provided to licensee hereunder are (i) considered by CSI to be trade secrets; (ii) provided to licensee in confidence; and (iii) the exclusive and proprietary information of CSI. Title and full ownership rights in the Product and modifications and improvements provided by CSI shall not vest in licensee. Licensee agrees not to remove or destroy any Proprietary or confidential legends or makings placed upon or contained within the Program and related materials. 2. TERMS This license shall be in effect from the date of execution of this Agreement and shall remain in effect during the term of this agreement. Upon termination or expiration of this license, all rights and obligations shall cease, except the licensee's obligation to maintain the confidentiality of CSI's proprietary information. 3. SECURITY Licensee shall take all reasonable steps necessary to ensure that the Programs, or any portion thereof, on magnetic tape, disk or memory or in any other form are not made available by the licensee or by any of its employees to any organizations, or individuals not licensed by this license Agreement to make use thereof, in particular licensee recognizes the proprietary nature of the Programs and agrees as follows: a. To make no copies or duplicate the Programs or any component thereof by any means for any purpose whatsoever except as is required for archival or security storage purposes, without prior written consent of CSI. b. To reproduce CSI's copyright notice on all materials related to or part of the Programs on which CSI displays such copyright notice, including any copies made pursuant to this license Agreement. c. Licensee shall not copy, reproduce, reverse assemble, reverse compile, compare, modify, merge, transfer or distribute the Program or allow any other person to do so in any way or manner without the prior written authorization of CSI. d. Any modifications or enhancements to the Program, or any other Program related material provided by CSI to the Licensee shall be subject to all conditions and restrictions contained in this Agreement. 4. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY CSI’s liability for damages to licensee for any cause whatsoever related to this license, and regardless of the form of action, whether in contract or in tort including negligence, shall be limited. This limitation of liability will not apply to claims for patent and copyright Infringement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary in no event shall CSI be liable for any lost profits, lost savings, or other special, incidental or consequential damages, or for punitive or exemplary damages, even if CSI has been made aware of the possibility of such damages, or for any claim against any other party, in connection with the delivery, installation, training, testing, use, performance or nonperformance of the Programs, or the act or failure to act of CSI, or arising out of, related to or in connection with this Agreement. 5. TERMINATION Upon termination of the license herein granted arising from termination of this license for any reason, licensee shall deliver to CSI all magnetic or otherwise materials, together with all portions, reproductions, and modifications thereof, furnished by CSI and pertaining to the Programs and shall also warrant that all copies thereof have been destroyed or returned to CSI. Within ten (10) days of request by CSI, licensee shall certify in writing to CSI that to the best of licensee's knowledge, the original and all copies, in whole or part, or the Programs have been destroyed or returned to CSI. In addition, all documentation, listings, notes or other written material pertaining to the Program shall be returned to CSI or destroyed. The right of termination under this Section shall be in addition to any other right or remedy either party may have at law or in equity. CSI shall have the right to terminate this Agreement, by giving written notice of such termination to licensee, in the event that the licensee (i) fails to pay CSI any sums due and payable hereunder within ten (10) days after their due date, (ii) fails to observe any of the licensee's obligations hereunder with respect to proprietary information or confidentiality, or (iii) fails to perform or observe any other material term or obligation set forth in this Agreement. 6. NO WARRANTY CSI PROVIDES THE PROGRAM “AS IS". CSI MAKES NO WARRANTIES EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE CONDITION OF THE PROGRAMS, ITS MERCHANTABILITY, OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CSI does not warrant that the function contained in the Program will meet the licensee's requirements or that the operation of the Program will be uninterrupted or error free. 7. SPECIAL SERVICES * CSI will provide the Client with Such Special services or supplies reasonably requested or approved by the Client including, but not limited to, special data entry services, such as conversion, program and test data keypunching, data entry, computer runs, or industrial or systems engineering services provided that the Client and CSI agree upon the fee therefore, and that the Client approves, in writing, payment for such services as special. 8. EMPLOYMENT The Client agrees to retain and employ CSI as an independent Contractor, and CSI agrees to Serve the Client upon the terms and conditions hereinafter stated. 9. SERVICE PERIOD This agreement shall commence 02/01/2019 and shall continue to and including__01/31/2020_____________. Client shall have the right and option to continue to receive the services of CSI as provided Hereunder for additional periods. In the event that the Client elects to continue to receive services from CSI, this Agreement shall automatically renew for an equal term, unless the Client informs CSI in writing ninety (90) days prior to the Agreement Expiration Date. This Agreement applicable thereto shall continue in full force and effect for any additional period licensee determines. 10. AGREEMENT TERMINATION OR EXPIRATION Not less than three (3) months prior to the Expiration Date, the Client shall notify CSI whether or not it desires after the Expiration Date to use the CSI Programs. Upon termination of this Agreement in part or in full by action of the terms herein or upon action of the parties, CSI will assist in the transferring of the Client's data files retained by CSI pursuant to this Agreement, to another data format that the Client desires and communicates provided however, that such formats do not violate the proprietary rights of CSI. Further, costs involved with any such transfer of data shall be borne by the Client. 11. AUTHORIZATION The chief executive officer ("Executive') of the Client certifies that all appropriate steps to legally enter into this agreement have been taken on behalf of the client, that the matter has been approved by the appropriate legislative body and that the terms of this agreement are understood. Moreover, the executive certifies that all laws, rules and regulations as well as any local government rules were followed with regard to acceptance of this contract and that this agreement meets all standards for governmental contracts. 12. DUTIES During the period or periods Of CSI’s retainer hereunder, CSI shall provide data processing services to the Client and its various departments. CSI agrees to provide any necessary training to the Client's personnel to the extent at which the personnel are proficient utilizing the CSI software. The Client will retain the right to request additional training throughout the life of the contract at times agreeable by both parties. The Client acknowledges that during the term of this Agreement certain computer programs will be utilized or otherwise made available and that these programs and their use by the Client shall be governed this Agreement. 9. 13. DATA FILES The Client's data files and the data contained therein shall be and remain the Clients property and all the existing data and data files shall be returned to it by CSI at the Expiration Date or upon earlier termination of this Agreement, The Client's data shall not be utilized by CSI for any purpose other than that of rendering services to the Client under this Agreement, nor shall the Client's data or any part thereof be disclosed, sold, assigned, leased, or otherwise disposed of to third parties by CSI or commercially exploited by or on behalf of CSI, its employees or agents. 14. COMPENSATION AND TERMINATION * Commencing 02/01/2019 the Client shall pay to CSI monthly at its office in Cobb County, Georgia, as fees for its services, upgrades, and software support a monthly sum of $4.00 per paid violation or a minimum monthly amount of $_N/A______, whichever is greater. The annual rate may increase by a percentage equal to the increase in the Consumer Price Index, as defined by the US Department of Labor. The Client will be responsible for generating an invoice report from the Court Management System each month to be included in with the payment sent to CSI office in Cobb County, Georgia. If the Client shall default in the payments of CSI provided for herein above or shall fail to perform any other material obligation agreed to be performed by client hereunder CSI shall notify the Client in writing of the facts constituting default. If the Client shall not cause such default to be remedied within ten (10) days after receipt of such written notice, CSI shall have the right with no further written notice to terminate aforementioned support. 15. SUPPLEMENT Supplemental terms to this Agreement are found in an attached supplement document. 16. MISCELLANEOUS This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each party. Other than CSI's granting a Uniform Commercial Code security interest to a third-party lender in the accounts receivable/contract rights to receive money under this Agreement and many equipment furnished by CSI to Client, neither party shall assign its rights or obligations hereunder without the express written consent of the non-assigning party. The Agreement shall embody the entire agreement between the parties but may be amended from time to time by the written consent of both parties. This agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia, and the invalidity of any portion shall not invalidate the remainder of the agreement, but such remainder shall be given full force and effect if practicable. * Definition of a “Paid” Violation; Any violation in which a payment has been received. * Definition of “Special Services”; Services and or enhancements that are unique to Client and cannot be used by CSI’s existing customer base. Contract Identification: Number: - BB – 2018/12/14-C Agreement Supplement 1. Priority of Supplement: This Supplement is attached to Courtware/CSI contract # BB – 2018/12/14-C between CSI and the City of Milton, Georgia (“Client”). The provisions of the Supplement control over any contrary provisions found in the Agreement and any other documents that are incorporated by reference into the Agreement. 2. Statutory Auto-Termination and Renewal: As required by O.C.G.A. § 36-60-13, the Agreement shall terminate absolutely and without further obligation on the part of Client on December 31 each calendar year of the Term, and the Agreement shall automatically renew on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year of the Term, absent C lient’s provision of written notice of non-renewal to CSI at least 90 days prior to the end of the then-current calendar year. Title to any supplies, materials, equipment, or other personal property (to the extent any title transfers pursuant to the Agreement) shall remain in CSI until fully paid for by Client. 3. Nondiscrimination: In accordance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d, section 303 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 6102, section 202 of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. § 12132, and all other provisions of federal law, CSI agrees that, during performance of this Agreement, CSI, for itself, its assignees and successors in interest, will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment, any subcontractor, or any supplier because of race, color, creed, national origin, gender, age or disability. In addition, CSI agrees to comply with all applicable implementing regulations and shall include the provisions of this paragraph in every subcontract for services contemplated under this Agreement. 4. Ethics: CSI agrees that it shall not engage in any activity or conduct that would result in a violation of the City of Milton Code of Ethics or any other similar law or regulation. CSI certifies that to the best of its knowledge no circumstances exist which will cause a conflict of interest in performing the Work. Should CSI become aware of any circumstances that may cause a conflict of interest during the Term of this Agreement, CSI shall immediately notify City. If City determines that a conflict of interest exists, City may require that CSI take action to remedy the conflict of interest or terminate the Agreement without liability. City shall have the right to recover any fees paid for services rendered by CSI when such services were performed while a conflict of interest existed if CSI had knowledge of the conflict of interest and did not notify City within five (5) business days of becoming aware of the exis tence of the conflict of interest. CSI and City acknowledge that it is prohibited for any person to offer, give, or agree to give any City employee or official, or for any City employee or official to solicit, demand, accept, or agree to accept from another person , a gratuity of more than nominal value or rebate or an offer o f employment in connection with any decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation, or preparation of any part of a program requirement or a purchase request, influencing the content of any specification or procurement standard, rendering of advice, investigation, auditing, or in any other advisory capacity in any proceeding or application, request for ruling, determination, claim or controversy, or other particular matter, pertaining to any program requirement or a contract or subcontract, or to any solic itation or proposal therefor. CSI and City further acknowledge that it is prohibited for any payment, gratuity, or offer of employment to be made by or on behalf of a sub -contractor under a contract to the prime contractor or higher tier sub-contractor, or any person associated therewith, as an inducement for the award of a subcontract or order. 5. Authority to Contract: The individual executing the Agreement on behalf of CSI covenants and declares that he/she has obtained all necessary approvals of the necessary board of directors, stockholders, board of commissioners, general partners, limited partners or similar authorities to simultaneously execute and bind CSI to the terms of this Agreement. 6. Sovereign Immunity; Indemnification: Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a waiver of Client’s sovereign immunity or any individual’s qualified, good faith or official immunities. 7. Compliance with the Georgia Open Records Act: To the extent required by law, each party agrees to comply with t he Georgia Open Records Act (O.C.G.A. § 50-18-70, et seq.) and no confidentiality requirement in the Agreement shall impose any obligation inconsistent with the rights and duties created by that Act. MILTON'k ESTABLISHED 2006 CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM TO: City Council DATE: February 13, 2019 FROM: Steven Krokoff, City Manager C AGENDA ITEM: Approval of a Subdivision Plat. MEETING DATE: Wednesday, February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: () APPROVED () NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: O YES (w)'NO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: () YES Q -NO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY: () APPROVED () NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: &II w1 zo S 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA P: 678.242.25001 F: 678.242.2499 info@cityofmiltonga.us I www.cityofmiltonga.us 0000 To: Honorable Mayor and City Council Members From: Parag Agrawal, Community Development Director Date: Submitted on February 12, 2019 for the February 20, 2019 Regular Council Meeting Agenda Item: Approval of Subdivision Plats and Revisions Approval ____________________________________________________________________________ Department Recommendation: To approve the subdivision related plats and revisions as stated below. Executive Summary: The Milton Subdivision Regulations require that the Mayor and City Council approve all Final Plats, final Plat Re-recording, Revisions and Minor Plats once the matter has been reviewed and certified by the Community Development Director in accordance with the Subdivision Regulations. 1. The De La Perriere minor plat described herein consists of an 8.5 acre parcel located at 15785 Westbrook Road to be subdivided into 2 lots. The size of the lots range from 3.013 acres to 5.487 acres. Funding and Fiscal Impact: None. Alternatives: Do not approve. Legal Review: None – not required. Concurrent Review: Steven Krokoff, City Manager Attachment(s): Consent Agenda Plats Staff Memo Page 2 of 5 Plat List, Location Map, Plats Name of Development / Location Action Comments / # lots Total Acres Density 1. De La Perriere LL 391 Westbrook Road Minor Plat 2 Lots 8.5 .23 Lots / acre Consent Agenda Plats Staff Memo Page 3 of 5 Consent Agenda Plats Staff Memo Page 4 of 5 Consent Agenda Plats Staff Memo Page 5 of 5 MILTON't ESTABLISHED 2006 AGENDA ITEM MEETING DATE: CITY COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM City Council DATE: February 14, 2019 Steven Krokoff, City Manager (0 Consideration of a Resolution to Name the All -Inclusive Playground, "Victory Junction" Wednesday, February 20, 2019 Regular City Council Meeting BACKGROUND INFORMATION: (Attach additional pages if necessary) See attached memorandum APPROVAL BY CITY MANAGER: (,/APPROVED () NOT APPROVED CITY ATTORNEY APPROVAL REQUIRED: () YES (vVNO CITY ATTORNEY REVIEW REQUIRED: () YES (.kNO APPROVAL BY CITY ATTORNEY: () APPROVED () NOT APPROVED PLACED ON AGENDA FOR: oil Z`I u'a) 2006 Heritage Walk Milton, GA 0000 P: 678.242.25001 F: 678.242.2499 info@cityofmiltonga.us I www.cityofmiltonga.us STATE OF GEORGIA RESOLUTION NO. COUNTY OF FULTON A RESOLUTION TO NAME THE ALL-INCLUSIVE PLAYGROUND IN HONOR OF VICTORY JUNCTION WHEREAS, Children’s Charities is working to raise the funds to purchase and then donate to the City of Milton an all-inclusive playground that would benefit children and adults in the community with all ranges of abilities and mobility; and WHEREAS, the City of Milton has not yet identified a location of a playground for this purpose; and WHEREAS, the City wishes to help and support the fundraising activities of Children’s Charities for this project; and WHEREAS, the Victory Junction Gang Camp, Inc; dba Victory Junction, is proposing to make a donation to the Children’s Charities effort to build the all-inclusive playground; and WHEREAS, the both Victory Junction and Children’s Charities are committed to the health and wellbeing of children; NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the Mayor and Council of the City of Milton that the all-inclusive playground be named VICTORY JUNCTION in honor and recognition of the work that both organizations are doing to bring this vision to fruition. SO RESOLVED, this 20th day of February, 2019. _______________________________ Mayor, Joe Lockwood Attest: __________________________ Sudie AM Gordon, City Clerk